UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

[X]	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2007
or

[   ]	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	

Commission file number: 1-31371

Oshkosh Truck Corporation	
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)	

Wisconsin	39-0520270	
(State or other jurisdiction	(I.R.S. Employer	
of incorporation or organization)	Identification No.)	

P.O. Box 2566		
Oshkosh, Wisconsin	54903-2566	
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)	
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (920) 235-9151
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Name of each exchange on which registered	
Common Stock ($.01 par value)	New York Stock Exchange	
Preferred Share Purchase Rights	New York Stock Exchange	
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
        Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Section 405 of the Securities Act)
Yes [X] No [   ]
        Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes [   ] No [X]
        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes [X] No [   ]
        Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.
[   ]
        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer [X]	Accelerated filer [   ]	Non-accelerated filer [   ]	

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).
Yes [   ] No [X]
        At March 31, 2007, the aggregate market value of the Registrant’s Common Stock held by non-affiliates was approximately $3,899,599,921 (based on the closing price of $53.00 per share on the New York Stock Exchange as of such date).
        As of November 19, 2007, 74,213,678 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock were outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
        Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on February 5, 2008 (to be filed with the Commission under Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the registrant’s fiscal year and, upon such filing, to be incorporated by reference into Part III).

OSHKOSH TRUCK CORPORATION
FISCAL 2007 ANNUAL REPORT OF FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I

		Page	
ITEM 1.	BUSINESS	2	
ITEM 1A.	RISK FACTORS	15	
ITEM 1B.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	19	
ITEM 2.	PROPERTIES	19	
ITEM 3.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	20	
ITEM 4.	SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS	21	
	EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT	21	
PART II

ITEM 5.	MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER	 	
	MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES	23	
ITEM 6.	SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA	25	
ITEM 7.	MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION		
	AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	26	
ITEM 7A.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	43	
ITEM 8.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	44	
ITEM 9.	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING		
	AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	82	
ITEM 9A.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	82	
ITEM 9B.	OTHER INFORMATION	82	
PART III

ITEM 10.	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	83	
ITEM 11.	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	83	
ITEM 12.	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT		
	AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	83	
ITEM 13.	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND		
	DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	84	
ITEM 14.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES	84	
PART IV

ITEM 15.	EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE	85	
	SIGNATURES	86	

        As used herein, the “Company” refers to Oshkosh Truck Corporation, including JLG Industries, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (“JLG”), Pierce Manufacturing Inc. (“Pierce”), McNeilus Companies, Inc. (“McNeilus”) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Kewaunee Fabrications, LLC (“Kewaunee”), Medtec Ambulance Corporation (“Medtec”), JerrDan Corporation (“JerrDan”), Concrete Equipment Company, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary (“CON-E-CO”), London Machinery Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary (“London”), Geesink Group B.V., Norba A.B. and Geesink Norba Limited and their wholly-owned subsidiaries (together, the “Geesink Norba Group” or “Geesink”), BAI Brescia Antincendi International S.r.l. and its wholly-owned subsidiary (“BAI”), Oshkosh Specialty Vehicles, LLC, Aluminum Body Corporation and Prime Medical Manufacturing, LLC and their wholly-owned subsidiaries (together, “OSV”) and Iowa Mold Tooling Co., Inc. (“IMT”). “Oshkosh” refers to Oshkosh Truck Corporation, not including JLG, Pierce, McNeilus, Kewaunee, Medtec, JerrDan, CON-E-CO, London, Geesink Norba Group, BAI, OSV, IMT or any other subsidiaries.
        The “Oshkosh ® ,” “JLG ® ,” “Pierce ® ,” “MEDTEC ® ,” “Jerr-Dan ® ,” “BAI™,” “Frontline™,” “SMIT™,” “McNeilus ® ,” “CON-E-CO ® ,” “London ® ,” “Geesink™,” “Norba™,” “Kiggen™,” “IMT ® ,” “SkyTrak ® ,” “Lull ® ,” “Toucan ® ,” “Liftlux™,” “Revolution ® ,” “Command Zone™,” “ALL-STEER ® ,” “TAK-4 ® ,” “Hercules™,” “Husky ® ,” “Velocity™,” “Impel™,” “Smart-Pak ® ,” “Auto Reach ® ,” “Sky-Arm ® ,” “TerraMax™” and “ProPulse ® " trademarks and related logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of the Company. All other product and service names referenced in this document are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
        All references herein to earnings per share refer to earnings per share assuming dilution.
        For ease of understanding, the Company refers to types of specialty vehicles for particular applications as “markets.” When the Company refers to “market” positions, these comments are based on information available to the Company concerning units sold by those companies currently manufacturing the same types of specialty vehicles and vehicle bodies and are therefore only estimates. Unless otherwise noted, these market positions are based on sales in the United States of America. There can be no assurance that the Company will maintain such market positions in the future.
Cautionary Statement About Forward-Looking Statements
        The Company believes that certain statements in “Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other statements located elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this report, including, without limitation, statements regarding the Company’s future financial position, business strategy, targets, projected sales, costs, earnings, capital expenditures, debt levels and cash flows, and plans and objectives of management for future operations, including those under the captions “Executive Overview” and “Fiscal 2008 Outlook” are forward-looking statements. When used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, words such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “intend,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “should,” “project” or “plan” or the negative thereof or variations thereon or similar terminology are generally intended to identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors, some of which are beyond the Company’s control, which could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. In addition, the Company’s expectations for fiscal 2008 are based in part on certain assumptions made by the Company, which are generally set forth under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Certain Assumptions.” Additional information concerning factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements is contained in Item 1A of Part I of this report.
        All forward-looking statements, including those under the captions “Executive Overview” and “Fiscal 2008 Outlook” in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” speak only as of November 21, 2007. The Company has adopted a policy that if the Company makes a determination that it expects the Company’s earnings per share for future periods for which projections are contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be lower than those projections, then the Company will publicly disseminate that fact. The Company’s policy also provides that if the Company makes a determination that it expects the Company’s earnings per share for future periods to be at or above the projections contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, then the Company does not intend to publicly disseminate that fact. Except as set forth above, the Company assumes no obligation, and disclaims any obligation, to update information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Investors should be aware that the Company may not update such information until the Company’s next quarterly earnings conference call, if at all.
-1-

PART I

ITEM 1.	BUSINESS	

The Company
        The Company is a leading designer, manufacturer and marketer of a broad range of specialty vehicles and vehicle bodies. The Company operates in four segments: access equipment, defense, fire & emergency and commercial. Oshkosh began business in 1917 and was among the early pioneers of four-wheel drive technology. In 1981, Oshkosh was awarded the first Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Truck (“HEMTT”) contract for the U.S. Department of Defense (“DoD”), and quickly its defense segment developed into the DoD’s leading supplier of severe-duty, heavy-payload tactical trucks. As the leading manufacturer of severe-duty, heavy- and medium-payload tactical trucks for the DoD, the Company manufactures vehicles that perform a variety of demanding tasks such as hauling tanks, missile systems, ammunition, fuel and cargo for combat units. In 1996, the Company began a strategic initiative to diversify its business by making selective acquisitions in attractive segments of the specialty vehicle and vehicle body markets to complement its defense truck business.
        In September 1996, the Company entered the firefighting apparatus market through the acquisition of Pierce, a domestic market leader in manufacturing and marketing of firefighting vehicles. The Company subsequently expanded into additional emergency response and geographic markets to form its fire & emergency segment. This segment manufactures commercial and custom firefighting vehicles and equipment, aircraft rescue and firefighting (“ARFF”) vehicles, snow removal vehicles, ambulances, wreckers, carriers and other emergency vehicles primarily sold to fire departments, airports, other governmental units and towing companies in the U.S. and abroad; mobile medical trailers sold to hospitals and third party medical service providers in the U.S. and Europe; and broadcast vehicles sold to broadcasters and TV stations in North America and abroad.
        In February 1998, the Company entered the concrete mixer and refuse collection vehicle markets through the acquisition of McNeilus to form its commercial segment. Since that time, the Company has acquired additional businesses serving these markets and other adjacent markets. This segment manufactures rear- and front-discharge concrete mixers, refuse collection vehicles, mobile and stationary compactors and waste transfer units, portable and stationary concrete batch plants and vehicle components sold to ready-mix companies and commercial and municipal waste haulers in North America, Europe and other international markets and field service vehicles and truck-mounted cranes sold to mining, construction and other companies in the U.S. and abroad.
        In December 2006, the Company entered the access equipment market (defined as aerial work platforms and telehandlers) through the acquisition of JLG, the Company’s largest and most recent acquisition, to form its access equipment segment. Founded in 1969, JLG is a leading global producer of access equipment based on gross revenues. The access equipment segment manufactures aerial work platforms and telehandlers used in a wide variety of construction, industrial, institutional and general maintenance applications to position workers and materials at elevated heights. Access equipment customers include equipment rental companies, construction contractors, manufacturing companies, home improvement centers and the U.S. military.
        The result of this diversification and acquisition initiative to date has been an increase in sales from $413 million in fiscal 1996 to $6.3 billion in fiscal 2007, with earnings from continuing operations increasing from a loss of $.01 per share for fiscal 1996 to earnings of $3.58 per share for fiscal 2007.
        The Company believes it has developed a reputation for excellent product quality, performance and reliability at low total product life cycle costs in each of the specialty markets in which it participates. The Company has strong brand recognition in its markets and has demonstrated design and engineering capabilities through the introduction of several highly engineered proprietary components that increase the operating performance of the Company’s products. The Company has developed comprehensive product and service portfolios for many of its markets in an effort to become a single-source supplier for its customers, including third-party customer lease financing programs for its fire & emergency products and certain commercial products through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Oshkosh Equipment Finance, L.L.C., doing business as Oshkosh Capital (“Oshkosh Capital”); for its access equipment products through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Access Financial Solutions, Inc.; and for certain of its commercial products through the Company’s interest in Oshkosh/McNeilus Financial Services Partnership (“OMFSP”).
        See Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for financial information related to the Company’s business segments.
-2-

Competitive Strengths
        The following competitive strengths support the Company’s business strategy:
         Strong Market Positions. The Company has developed strong market positions and brand recognition in its core businesses, which the Company attributes to its reputation for quality products, advanced engineering, innovation, vehicle performance, reliability, customer service and low total product life cycle costs.
         Extensive Distribution Capabilities. The Company has established an extensive domestic and international distribution system for specialty vehicles and vehicle bodies tailored to each market. The Company utilizes networks of dealers and distributors in markets characterized by a large, fragmented customer base. The Company employs direct in-house sales and service representatives in markets characterized by a concentrated customer base. In addition, the Company’s access equipment segment sells to independent rental companies to reach its various markets.
         Flexible and Efficient Manufacturing. Over the past 11 years, the Company has significantly increased manufacturing efficiencies. The Company believes it has competitive advantages over larger vehicle manufacturers in its specialty vehicle markets due to its manufacturing flexibility and custom fabrication capabilities. In addition, the Company believes it has competitive advantages over smaller vehicle and vehicle body manufacturers due to the Company’s relatively higher volumes of similar products that permit the use of moving assembly lines and allow the Company to leverage purchasing power opportunities across product lines.
         Diversified Product Offering and Customer Base. The Company’s broad product offerings and target markets serve to diversify its sources of revenues, mitigate the impact of economic cycles and provide multiple platforms for potential internal growth and acquisitions. For each of the Company’s target markets, the Company has developed or acquired a broad product line to become a single-source provider of specialty vehicles, vehicle bodies, parts and service and related products to the Company’s customers.
         Strong Management Team. The present management team has successfully executed a strategic repositioning of the Company’s business while significantly improving its financial and operating performance. With each acquisition since 1996, the Company assimilated the management and culture of the acquired company and has introduced, and continues to introduce, new strategies intended to increase sales and use the Company’s expertise in purchasing, engineering and manufacturing to reduce costs.
         Quality Products and Customer Service. The Company’s products have developed strong brand recognition based on the Company’s commitment to meet the stringent product quality and reliability requirements of its customers and the specialty vehicle and vehicle body markets it serves. The Company’s commitment to product quality is exemplified by the ISO 9001 certification. Most of the Company’s facilities are ISO 9001 certified. The Company also achieves high quality customer service through its extensive service and parts support program, which is available to domestic customers 365 days a year in all product lines throughout the Company’s distribution systems.
         Proprietary Components. The Company’s advanced design and engineering capabilities have contributed to the development of proprietary, severe-duty components that enhance vehicle performance, reduce manufacturing costs and strengthen customer relationships. These proprietary components include front drive and steer axles, transfer cases, cabs, TAK-4 independent suspension, the Pierce Ultimate Configuration (“PUC”) vehicle configuration, the Hercules and Husky foam systems, the Command Zone embedded diagnostics multiplexing technology, the McNeilus Auto Reach Arm for automated side-loading refuse collection vehicles, the Geesink Norba Group’s SmartPak compaction system, JerrDan’s vehicle recovery system, JLG’s electronic control system, the Pro-Pulse hybrid electric drive technology and the TerraMax autonomous vehicle navigation system. The Company also has an exclusive license to manufacture and market the Revolution composite concrete mixer drum in North, Central and South America and the Caribbean (the “Americas”) and Europe and a 20-year license to use certain Caterpillar Inc. (“Caterpillar”) intellectual property in connection with the design and manufacture of Caterpillar-branded telehandler products. The Company believes these proprietary components provide the Company a competitive advantage by increasing its products’ durability, operating efficiency and performance. The integration of many of these components across various product lines also reduces the Company’s costs to manufacture its products compared to manufacturers who simply assemble purchased components.
-3-

Business Strategy
        The Company is focused on increasing its net sales, profitability and cash flow by capitalizing on its competitive strengths and pursuing a comprehensive, integrated business strategy. Key elements of the Company’s business strategy include:
         Focusing on Specialty Vehicle and Vehicle Body Markets. The Company plans to continue its focus on those specialty vehicle and vehicle body markets where it has or can acquire strong market positions and where the Company believes it can leverage synergies in purchasing, manufacturing, technology and distribution to increase sales and profitability. The Company believes the higher sales volumes associated with strong market positions will allow the Company to continue to enhance productivity in manufacturing operations, capitalize on extensive distribution capabilities, fund innovative product development and invest in further expansion. In addition to the Company’s plans to increase its market share and profitability, the Company believes each of the Company’s specialty vehicle and vehicle body markets, both domestically and internationally, exhibit opportunities for further market growth.
         Introducing New Products. The Company has maintained a strong emphasis on new product development, as it seeks to expand sales by leading its core markets in the introduction of new or improved products and new technologies, through internal development, strategic acquisitions or licensing of technology. In fiscal 2007, the Company invested $75.8 million in development activities for new products and product enhancements. The Company believes it is at the forefront of commercializing emerging technologies that are capable of important changes in customer uses of its products, such as the TerraMax autonomously operated vehicle, ProPulse hybrid-electric drive, Revolution composite concrete mixer drum, Side Loading Vehicle Retriever, PUC vehicle configuration and Velocity and Impel custom fire chassis.
         Providing Superior Quality and Service to Each Market. The Company generally markets a premium product line in each of its markets and seeks to provide superior quality and service in each market to sustain its premium product positioning. Each of its businesses maintains active programs involving customer outreach, design and manufacturing quality and supplier certification to assure superior product quality. Quality metrics are maintained at each business to drive continuous improvement.
        The Company sustains its quality reputation with a strong aftermarket focus. The Company actively tailors distribution and service to each of its domestic and international markets. The Company utilizes dealers and distributors in markets characterized by a large, fragmented customer base. The Company uses its owned or leased facilities and in-house sales representatives in markets characterized by a concentrated customer base, supplemented by a network of nationwide service representatives. In addition, the Company’s access equipment segment sells to independent rental companies to reach its various markets. The Company believes that this distribution and service model provides frequent contact with customers and timely service at a reasonable cost. Because the Company’s vehicles must be ready to go to war, fight a fire, rescue, clean up, tow, broadcast, build and perform other critical missions, the Company has actively been expanding Company-owned service locations, opening remanufacturing facilities, encouraging dealers to expand service locations and adding roving service vans to maintain high readiness levels of its installed fleets.
         Focusing on Lean Operations. The Company seeks to deliver high performance products to customers at both low total product life cycle costs and low acquisition prices. Historically, the Company has actively benchmarked competitor costs and best industry practices and utilized teams of industrial engineers and procurement specialists to re-engineer manufacturing processes and leverage purchasing volumes to meet these objectives. Since 1996, the Company’s corporate strategic purchasing group has procured approximately two-thirds of all materials and components Company-wide to leverage the Company’s full purchasing power. Beginning in fiscal 2004, the Company adopted a more comprehensive, lean enterprise focus to continue its drive to be a low cost producer in all of its product lines and to deliver low product life cycle costs for its customers. Lean is a methodology to eliminate non-value added work from a process stream. In fiscal 2006, the Company expanded its lean initiative with the creation of chartered cost reduction teams at all businesses and the introduction of broad-based training programs. By utilizing teams comprised of individuals with significant lean experience to train the Company’s business units in lean skills, the Company has been able to introduce lean concepts to a number of its businesses. As a result of this lean focus, the Company expects to reduce product costs, manufacturing lead times and new product development cycle times over the next several years.
         Pursuing Strategic Acquisitions. The Company’s present management team has successfully negotiated and integrated fifteen acquisitions since 1996 that, taken as a whole, have significantly increased the Company’s sales and earnings. Following the completion of additional integration tasks for the JLG acquisition and planned de-leveraging, in late fiscal 2008 or fiscal 2009, the Company intends to resume its pursuit of strategic acquisitions, both domestically and internationally, to enhance its product offerings and expand its international presence in specialty vehicle and vehicle body markets. The Company’s acquisition strategy is focused on opportunities that provide or enhance the Company’s ability to provide a full range of products to customers in growing specialty vehicle and vehicle body markets where the Company can improve its strong market positions and achieve significant acquisition synergies.
-4-

Products
        The Company is focused on the following core segments of the specialty vehicle and vehicle body markets:
         Access Equipment Segment. In December 2006, through its JLG acquisition, the Company became a leading worldwide manufacturer of a wide range of aerial work platforms, telehandlers, scissor lifts and vertical masts used in a variety of construction, industrial, institutional and general maintenance applications to safely and efficiently position workers and materials at elevated heights that might otherwise have to be reached by scaffolding, ladders, cranes or other means.
        In October 2005, JLG entered into a 20-year strategic alliance (the “Alliance”) with Caterpillar related to the design, manufacture and global sale of Caterpillar-branded telehandlers. JLG’s manufacture and sale of Caterpillar-branded telehandlers commenced in July 2006.
        JLG, through its wholly-owned subsidiary Access Financial Solutions, Inc., also arranges equipment financing and leasing solutions for its customers, primarily through private-label arrangements with independent third party financial companies, and provides credit support in connection with these financing and leasing arrangements. Financing arrangements that JLG offers or arranges through this segment include installment sale contracts, capital leases, operating leases and rental purchase guarantees. Terms of these arrangements vary depending on the type of transaction, but typically range between 36 and 72 months and generally require the customer to be responsible for insurance, taxes and maintenance of the equipment, and to bear the risk of damage to or loss of the equipment.
         Defense Segment. The Company has sold products to the DoD for over 80 years. The Company’s proprietary military all-wheel drive product line of heavy-payload tactical trucks includes the HEMTT, the Heavy Equipment Transporter (“HET”), the Palletized Load System (“PLS”), the Common Bridge Transporter (“CBT”) and the Logistic Vehicle System (“LVS”). Beginning with the award of the Medium Tactical Vehicle Replacement (“MTVR”) base contract in fiscal 1998, the Company became a major manufacturer of severe-duty, medium-payload trucks for the U.S. Marine Corps. In fiscal 2005, the Company launched the Medium Tactical Truck (“MTT”) to offer a line of lower-cost severe-duty, medium-payload trucks suitable for less demanding requirements than the MTVR. The Company also exports severe-duty heavy- and medium-payload tactical trucks to approved foreign customers.
        The Company has developed and maintained a strong relationship with the DoD over the years and has established itself as a proven supplier. The Company operates under a one-year, renewable Family of Heavy Tactical Vehicles (“FHTV”) requirements contract with the DoD. The current contract expires in February 2008. The contract includes the following heavy-payload products: HEMTT, HEMTT-ESP (“Extended Service Program”), PLS and PLS Trailer and associated logistics and configuration management support. As of November 19, 2007, the Company was in negotiations to renew this contract for a one-year period. As a result of significant usage of the Company’s heavy-payload trucks in Operation Iraqi Freedom and the Company’s performance under the initial contract, the Company was awarded a five-year follow-on, fixed-price indefinite delivery, indefinite quantity (“ID/IQ”) contract in September 2004 to rebuild Oshkosh heavy-payload defense trucks and trailers deployed in Iraq. As funds become available to the DoD, the ID/IQ allows the DoD to contract with Oshkosh to rebuild Oshkosh defense trucks and trailers at fixed prices over a five-year period ending in September 2009.
        In June 2006, the DoD awarded Oshkosh a production contract for the Logistics Vehicle System Replacement (“LVSR”) vehicle and associated manuals, vehicle kits, test support and training for the U.S. Marine Corps. The Company estimates that this fixed-price, ID/IQ contract has a value of $740.2 million based on a production quantity of 1,592 units over a six-year period. The contract allows for the purchase of up to 1,900 cargo, wrecker and fifth-wheel LVSR variants. The Company delivered the first units under the contract in fiscal 2007 and expects that full scale production will begin in the second half of fiscal 2009.
        In February 2006, the Company entered into a licensing agreement with ADI Limited of Australia (“ADI”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Thales Group, to allow the Company to manufacture, market and support the Bushmaster armored vehicle for North American customers as well as countries eligible for Foreign Military Sales. The Bushmaster, originally developed by ADI in conjunction with the Australian Defence Force, is a mine-blast resistant vehicle due to its v-shaped hull, and its armor provides improvised explosive device and ballistic protection to its occupants. The vehicle’s mission profile requires it to travel long distances over rough terrain and deliver its occupants to their destination as safely and comfortably as possible, making it more effective in a tactical environment. To date, the Company has been unsuccessful in securing contracts for this vehicle from the DoD, but it continues to market this vehicle to friendly foreign militaries.
-5-

        In July 2007, the Company announced a teaming agreement with Ceradyne, Inc. (“Ceradyne”) and Ideal Innovations, Inc. (“I-3”) to further develop, produce and market the Bull armored vehicle. The Bull is intended to address the increasing need for protection from improvised explosive devices (“IED”), mine blasts and lethal, explosively formed projectiles (“EFP”) and would be built on a combat-proven Oshkosh chassis. The Bull advanced technology armored solution, conceived by I-3 in 2005 and developed with Ceradyne in 2006, has been tested by the Army Test Center, Aberdeen, Md., and was demonstrated to be capable of protecting vehicle occupants against IED, EFP, mine blast and ballistic threats.
        The Company’s objective is to continue to diversify into other areas of the U.S. and international defense truck markets by expanding applications, uses and vehicle body styles of its current heavy- and medium-payload tactical truck lines. As the Company enters tactical truck competitions in the defense market segment, the Company believes it has multiple competitive advantages, including:

•	Truck engineering and testing. DoD and international truck contract competitions require significant defense truck engineering expertise to ensure that a company’s truck excels under demanding test conditions. The Company has a team of engineers and draftsmen and engages contract engineers to support current business and truck contract competitions. These personnel have significant expertise designing new trucks, using sophisticated computer-aided tools, supporting grueling testing programs at test sites and submitting detailed, comprehensive, successful contract proposals.	
•	Proprietary components. The Company’s patented TAK-4 independent suspension and proprietary transfer case enhance its trucks’ off-road performance. In addition, because these are two of the highest cost components in a truck, the Company has a competitive cost-advantage based on the in-house manufacturing of these two truck components. The Company’s Command Zone tool also simplifies maintenance troubleshooting.	
•	Past performance. The Company has been building trucks for the DoD for over 80 years. The Company believes that its past success in delivering reliable, high quality trucks on time, within budget and meeting specifications is a competitive advantage in future defense truck procurement programs. The Company understands the special contract procedures in use by the DoD and other foreign armies and has developed substantial expertise in contract management and accounting.	
•	Flexible manufacturing. The Company’s ability to produce a variety of truck models on the same moving assembly line permits it to avoid facilitation costs on most new contracts and maintain competitive manufacturing efficiencies.	
•	Logistics. The Company has gained significant experience in the development of operators’ manuals and training and in the delivery of parts and services worldwide in accordance with the DoD’s expectations, which differ materially from commercial practices. The Company has logistics capabilities to permit the DoD to order parts, receive invoices and remit payments electronically.	

         Fire & Emergency Segment. Through Pierce, the Company is a leading domestic manufacturer of fire apparatus assembled on custom chassis, designed and manufactured by Pierce to meet the special needs of firefighters. Pierce also manufactures fire apparatus assembled on commercially available chassis, which are produced for multiple end-customer applications. Pierce’s engineering expertise allows it to design its vehicles to meet stringent industry guidelines and government regulations for safety and effectiveness. Pierce primarily serves domestic municipal customers, but also sells fire apparatus to airports, universities and large industrial companies, and in international markets. Pierce’s history of innovation and research and development in consultation with firefighters has resulted in a broad product line that features a wide range of innovative, high-quality custom and commercial firefighting equipment with advanced fire suppression capabilities. In an effort to be a single-source supplier for its customers, Pierce offers a full line of custom and commercial fire apparatus and emergency vehicles, including pumpers, aerial and ladder trucks, tankers, light-, medium- and heavy-duty rescue vehicles, wildland rough terrain response vehicles, mobile command and control centers, bomb squad vehicles, hazardous materials control vehicles and other emergency response vehicles.
        Through JerrDan, the Company is a leader in the manufacturing and marketing of towing and recovery equipment in the U.S. The Company believes JerrDan is recognized as an industry leader in quality and innovation. JerrDan offers a complete line of both roll-back carriers (“carriers”) and traditional tow trucks (“wreckers”). In addition to manufacturing equipment, JerrDan provides its customers with one-stop service for carriers and wreckers and generates revenue from the installation of equipment, as well as the sale of chassis and service parts.
        The Company, through its Oshkosh and BAI brands, is among the leaders in sales of ARFF vehicles to domestic and international airports. These highly specialized vehicles are required to be in service at most airports worldwide to support commercial airlines in the event of an emergency. Many of the world’s largest airports, including LaGuardia International Airport, O’Hare International Airport, Hartsfield-Jackson International Airport and Dallas/Fort Worth International Airport in the United States and airports located in Montreal and Toronto, Canada; Rome and Milan, Italy and Shanghai and Hangzhou, China, are served by the Company’s ARFF vehicles. The Company believes that the performance and reliability of its ARFF vehicles contribute to the Company’s strong position in this market.
-6-

        The Company is a leader in airport snow removal vehicles in the U.S. The Company’s specially designed airport snow removal vehicles can cast up to 5,000 tons of snow per hour and are used by some of the largest airports in the United States, including Denver International Airport, LaGuardia International Airport, Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport and O’Hare International Airport. The Company believes that the reliability of its high performance snow removal vehicles and the speed with which they clear airport runways contribute to its strong position in this market.
        Through Medtec, the Company is one of the leading U.S. manufacturers of custom ambulances for private and public transporters and fire departments. Medtec markets a broad line of ambulances for private patient transporters, fire departments and public transporters, but specializes in Type I and Type III ambulances. Type I and Type III ambulances are popular among public patient transporters and fire departments. Type I ambulances feature a conventional style, light- or medium-duty chassis with a modular patient transport body mounted separately behind the vehicle cab. Type III ambulances are built on light-duty van chassis with a walk-through opening into the patient transport body which is mounted behind the vehicle cab.
        Through OSV, the Company is one of the leaders in the manufacturing of mobile medical vehicles for North American and European medical centers and service providers. OSV is the only mobile medical vehicle manufacturer certified by all major original equipment manufacturers of mobile medical imaging equipment — General Electric Company, Royal Philips Electronics and Siemens AG. OSV is also a leading manufacturer and integrator of custom vehicles for the broadcast and communications industry, where the Company, under its Frontline brand, markets a full line of television broadcast, satellite news gathering and microwave transmission electronic news gathering vehicles to broadcasters, TV stations, radio stations and NASA.
        Through BAI, the Company is one of the leaders in manufacturing and marketing fire apparatus and equipment to municipalities and airports throughout Europe, the Middle East and Africa. BAI produces a wide range of firefighting vehicles, ARFF units, industrial firefighting vehicles and forest firefighting vehicles.
        The Company offers three- to fifteen-year municipal lease financing programs to its fire & emergency segment customers in the United States through Oshkosh Capital. Programs include competitive lease financing rates, creative and flexible finance arrangements and the ease of one-stop shopping for customers’ equipment and financing. The lease financing transactions are executed through a private label arrangement with an independent third party finance company.
         Commercial Segment. Through McNeilus and the Geesink Norba Group, the Company is a leading North American and European manufacturer of refuse collection vehicles for the waste services industry. Through Oshkosh, McNeilus, London and CON-E-CO, the Company is a leading manufacturer of front- and rear-discharge concrete mixers and portable and stationary concrete batch plants for the concrete ready-mix industry throughout the Americas. Through IMT, the Company is a leading North American manufacturer of field service vehicles and truck-mounted cranes for the construction, equipment dealer, building supply, utility, tire service and mining industries. The Company believes its commercial segment vehicles and equipment have a reputation for efficient, cost-effective, dependable and low maintenance operation.
        In March 2002, the Company introduced the rear-discharge Revolution concrete mixer drum, which is constructed of lightweight composite materials. In fiscal 2006, the Company launched the sale of front-discharge Revolution drums. Since the introduction of the first concrete mixer drum about 90 years ago, the Company believes all commercially successful drums worldwide had been produced utilizing steel until the launch of the Revolution. The Company believes the Revolution is the first composite concrete mixer drum ever produced. The Revolution drum offers improved concrete payload on a vehicle and longer drum life, which lowers the cost per yard of concrete delivered. The Company’s strategy has been to sell the Revolution drum as a premium-priced product as the Company believes the Revolution drum yields a quick payback to customers through lower operating costs. The Company is required to pay to its Australian partner royalty fees for each drum sold. The Company has sold over 2,000 Revolution drums in the U.S. since the launch of the Revolution. The ramp-up of the production and sale of Revolution drums has proceeded at a much slower pace than the Company’s initial expectations, as the Company has addressed various technical design and production process control issues, which the Company believes have now been addressed.
-7-

        The Company, through OMFSP, an affiliated financial services partnership, offers three- to seven-year tax advantaged lease financing to concrete mixer customers, concrete batch plant customers and commercial waste haulers in the United States. Offerings include competitive lease financing rates and the ease of one-stop shopping for customers’ equipment and financing.
Marketing, Sales, Distribution and Service
        The Company believes it differentiates itself from many of its larger competitors by tailoring its distribution to the needs of its specialty vehicle and vehicle body markets and from its smaller competitors with its national and global sales and service capabilities. Distribution personnel use demonstration vehicles to show customers how to use the Company’s vehicles and vehicle bodies properly. In addition, the Company’s flexible distribution is focused on meeting customers on their terms, whether on a jobsite, in an evening public meeting or at a municipality’s offices, compared to the showroom sales approach of the typical dealers of large vehicle manufacturers. The Company backs all products by same-day parts shipment, and its service technicians are available in person or by telephone to domestic customers 365 days a year. The Company believes its dedication to keeping its products in-service in demanding conditions worldwide has contributed to customer loyalty.
        The Company provides its salespeople, representatives and distributors with product and sales training on the operation and specifications of its products. The Company’s engineers, along with its product managers, develop operating manuals and provide field support at vehicle delivery for some markets.
        U.S. dealers and representatives, where used, enter into agreements with the Company that allow for termination by either party generally upon 90 days notice. Dealers and representatives, except for those utilized by JLG, JerrDan, Medtec and IMT, are generally not permitted to market and sell competitive products.
         Access Equipment Segment. JLG’s products are marketed in over 3,500 locations worldwide through independent rental companies and distributors that purchase JLG products and then rent and sell them and provide service support, as well as through other sales and service branches or organizations in which the Company holds equity positions. North American customers are located in all 50 states in the U.S., as well as in Canada and Mexico. International customers are located in Europe, the Asia/Pacific region, Australia, Africa, the Middle East and Latin America. JLG’s sales force is comprised of approximately 180 employees worldwide. In North America, teams of sales employees are dedicated to specific major customers, channels or geographic regions. JLG’s sales employees in Europe and the rest of the world are spread among JLG’s approximately 20 international sales and service offices.
         Defense Segment. The Company sells substantially all of its domestic defense products directly to principal branches of the DoD. The Company maintains a liaison office in Washington, D.C. to represent its interests with the Pentagon, Congress and the offices of the Executive Branch of the U.S. government. The Company also sells and services defense products to approved foreign governments directly through a limited number of international sales offices, through dealers, consultants and representatives and through the U.S. Foreign Military Sales (“FMS”) program.
        The Company maintains a marketing staff and engages consultants to regularly meet with all branches of the Armed Services, Reserves and National Guard and with representatives of key military bases to determine their vehicle requirements and identify specialty truck variants and apparatus required to fulfill their missions.
        In addition to marketing its current truck offerings and competing for new contracts in the heavy- and medium-payload segment, the Company actively works with the Armed Services to develop new applications for its vehicles and expand its services.
        Logistics services are increasingly important to the DoD, especially following the commencement of Operation Iraqi Freedom. The Company believes that its proven worldwide logistics capabilities and internet-based ordering, invoicing and electronic payment systems have significantly contributed to the expansion of its defense parts and service business since fiscal 2002, following the commencement of Operation Iraqi Freedom. The Company maintains a large parts distribution warehouse in Milwaukee, Wisconsin to fulfill stringent parts delivery schedule requirements, as well as satellite facilities near DoD bases in the U.S., Europe, Asia and the Middle East. The Company has been particularly active in recent years performing maintenance and armoring services at areas near, or in, military conflicts including in the Middle East to support Operation Iraqi Freedom.
-8-

         Fire & Emergency Segment. The Company believes the geographic breadth, size and quality of its Pierce fire apparatus sales and service organization are competitive advantages in a market characterized by a few large manufacturers and numerous small, regional competitors. Pierce’s fire apparatus are sold through over 30 sales and service organizations with more than 250 sales representatives nationwide, which combine broad geographical reach with frequency of contact with fire departments and municipal government officials. These sales and service organizations are supported by approximately 70 product and marketing support professionals and contract administrators at Pierce. The Company believes frequency of contact and local presence are important to cultivate major, and typically infrequent, purchases involving the city or town council, fire department, purchasing, finance and mayoral offices, among others, that may participate in a fire apparatus bid and selection. After the sale, Pierce’s nationwide local parts and service capability is available to help municipalities maintain peak readiness for this vital municipal service.
        The Company markets its Oshkosh-branded ARFF vehicles through a combination of three direct sales representatives domestically and 41 representatives and distributors in international markets. Certain of these international representatives and distributors also handle Pierce products. In addition, the Company has 25 full-time sales and service representatives and distributor locations with over 48 sales people focused on the sale of snow removal vehicles, principally to airports, but also to municipalities, counties and other governmental entities in the U.S. and Canada. In addition, the Company has opened an office in Beijing, China to support ARFF sales in China and Southeast Asia.
        Medtec sells ambulances through over 20 distributor organizations with more than 70 representatives focused on sales to the ambulance market. Eighteen of these distributor organizations are common to Pierce. JerrDan markets its carriers and wreckers through its worldwide network of 93 independent distributors, supported by JerrDan’s direct sales force. OSV markets its mobile medical trailers and broadcast vehicles through 28 in-house sales and service representatives in the U.S. and three in-house sales and service representatives in Europe. BAI sells firefighting vehicles and equipment direct in the Italian market. Internationally, BAI has agreements with a limited number of distributors and uses sales agents for “one-off” sales in countries that do not buy in large quantities on a regular basis. Most of BAI’s international distribution is focused in the Middle East, Europe and Africa.
         Commercial Segment. The Company operates 20 distribution centers with over 200 in-house sales and service representatives in the U.S. to sell and service refuse collection vehicles, rear- and front-discharge concrete mixers and concrete batch plants. These centers are in addition to sales and service activities at the Company’s manufacturing facilities, and they provide sales, service and parts distribution to customers in their geographic regions. Four of the distribution centers also have paint facilities and provide significant additional paint and mounting services during peak demand periods. Two of the centers also manufacture concrete mixer replacement drums. The Company also uses 18 independent sales and service organizations to market its CON-E-CO branded concrete batch plants. The Company believes this network represents one of the largest concrete mixer, concrete batch plant and refuse collection vehicle distribution networks in the United States.
        In Canada, the Company operates two distribution centers with 11 outside and in-house sales and service representatives to sell and service its rear-discharge concrete mixers, refuse collection vehicles and concrete batch plants.
        In Europe, through the Geesink Norba Group, the Company operates 19 distribution centers with 130 in-house sales and service representatives in nine countries to sell and service its refuse collection vehicles and stationary compactors. Two of the centers have paint facilities, and five of the centers provide mounting services. The Company also operates 100 roving service vans throughout Europe. The Company believes this network represents one of the largest refuse collection vehicle distribution networks in Europe. The Geesink Norba Group also has sales and service agents in Europe and the Middle East.
        The Company believes its direct distribution to customers is a competitive advantage in concrete and refuse collection vehicle markets, particularly in the U.S. waste services industry where principal competitors distribute through dealers, and to a lesser extent in the ready mix concrete industry, where several competitors and the Company in part use dealers. The Company believes direct distribution permits a more focused sales force in the U.S. refuse collection vehicle market, whereas dealers frequently offer a very broad and mixed product line, and accordingly, the time dealers tend to devote to refuse collection vehicle sales activities is limited.
        With respect to distribution, the Company has been applying Oshkosh’s and Pierce’s sales and marketing expertise in municipal markets to increase sales of McNeilus refuse collection vehicles to municipal customers. While the Company believes commercial customers represent a majority of the refuse collection vehicle market, many municipalities purchase their own refuse collection vehicles. The Company believes it is positioned to create an effective municipal distribution system in the refuse collection vehicle market by leveraging its existing commercial distribution capabilities and by opening service centers in major metropolitan markets.
-9-

        The Company also has established an extensive network of representatives and dealers throughout the Americas for the sale of Oshkosh, McNeilus, CON-E-CO and London concrete mixers, concrete batch plants and refuse collection vehicles. The Company coordinates among its various businesses to respond to large international tenders with its most appropriate product offering for the tender.
        IMT distributes its products through approximately 85 dealers with a total of 115 locations worldwide, including approximately 15 international dealers. International dealers are primarily located in Central and South America, Australia and Asia and are primarily focused on mining and construction markets. The Company believes this network represents one of the most extensive networks in its market.
Manufacturing
        As of November 21, 2007, the Company manufactures vehicles and vehicle bodies at 54 manufacturing facilities. To reduce production costs, the Company maintains a continuing emphasis on the development of proprietary components, self-sufficiency in fabrication, just-in-time inventory management, improvement in production flows, interchangeability and simplification of components among product lines, creation of jigs and fixtures to ensure repeatability of quality processes, utilization of robotics, and performance measurement to assure progress toward cost reduction targets. The Company encourages employee involvement to improve production processes and product quality. The Company is in the process of adopting lean manufacturing management practices across all facilities.
        The Company focuses on achieving targeted synergies with each acquisition. The Company seeks to relocate activities to the lowest cost facilities, install robotic and high speed manufacturing equipment, introduce lean production processes and minimize material handling to enhance the operations of acquired businesses.
        The Company recognizes the importance of maintaining efficient factories to be a low cost producer and to have the capacity needed to meet customer demands. Accordingly, the Company has conducted numerous facility expansions in recent years.
        The Company educates and trains all employees at its facilities in quality principles. The Company encourages employees at all levels of the Company to understand customer and supplier requirements, measure performance, develop systems and procedures to prevent nonconformance with requirements and produce continuous improvement in all work processes. ISO 9001 is a set of internationally accepted quality requirements established by the International Organization for Standardization. ISO 9001 certification indicates that a company has established and follows a rigorous set of requirements aimed at achieving customer satisfaction by preventing nonconformity in design, development, production, installation and servicing of products. Most of the Company’s facilities are ISO 9001 certified.
Engineering, Research and Development
        The Company believes its extensive engineering, research and development capabilities have been key drivers of the Company’s marketplace success. The Company maintains five facilities for new product development and testing with a staff of approximately 300 engineers and technicians who are dedicated to improving existing products and development and testing of new vehicles, vehicle bodies and components. The Company prepares annual new product development and improvement plans for each of its markets and measures progress against those plans each month.
        Virtually all of the Company’s sales of fire apparatus, broadcast vehicles and mobile medical trailers require some custom engineering to meet the customer’s specifications and changing industry standards. Engineering is also a critical factor in defense vehicle markets due to the severe operating conditions under which the Company’s vehicles are utilized, new customer requirements and stringent government documentation requirements. In the access equipment and commercial segments, product innovation is highly important to meet customers’ changing requirements. Accordingly, the Company maintains a permanent staff of over 475 engineers and engineering technicians, and it regularly outsources significant engineering activities in connection with new product development projects.
        For fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Company incurred engineering, research and development expenditures of $75.8 million, $42.1 million and $33.4 million, respectively, portions of which were recoverable from customers, principally the U.S. government.
-10-

Competition
        In all of the Company’s segments, competitors include smaller, specialized manufacturers as well as large, mass producers. The Company believes that, in its specialty vehicle and vehicle body markets, it has been able to effectively compete against large, mass producers due to its product quality, flexible manufacturing and tailored distribution systems. The Company believes that its competitive cost structure, strategic global purchasing capabilities, engineering expertise, product quality and global distribution and service systems have enabled it to compete effectively.
        Certain of the Company’s competitors have greater financial, marketing, manufacturing and distribution resources than the Company. There can be no assurance that the Company’s products will continue to compete successfully with the products of competitors or that the Company will be able to retain its customer base or to improve or maintain its profit margins on sales to its customers, all of which could have a material and adverse affect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
         Access Equipment Segment. JLG operates in the global construction, maintenance, industrial and agricultural equipment markets. JLG’s competitors range from some of the world’s largest multi-national construction equipment manufacturers to small single-product niche manufacturers. Within this global market, competition for sales of aerial work platform vehicles includes Genie Industries, Inc. (a subsidiary of Terex Corporation), Haulotte Group, Skyjack Inc. (a subsidiary of Linamar Corporation) and over 20 smaller manufacturers. Global competition for sales of telehandler vehicles includes Genie Industries, Inc. (a subsidiary of Terex Corporation), J C Bamford Excavators Ltd., the Manitou Group, Merlo SpA and over 20 smaller manufacturers. In addition, JLG faces competition from numerous manufacturers of other niche products such as boom vehicles, cherry pickers, skid steer loaders, mast climbers, straight mast and vehicle-mounted fork-lifts, rough-terrain and all-terrain cranes, vehicle-mounted cranes, portable material lifts and various types of material handling equipment that offer functionality that is similar to or overlaps that of JLG’s products. Principal methods of competition include brand awareness, product innovation and performance, quality, service and support, product availability and the extent to which a company offers single-source customer solutions. The Company believes its competitive strengths include: premium brand names; broad and single-source product offerings; product quality; worldwide distribution; service and support network; and extensive manufacturing capabilities.
         Defense Segment. The Company produces heavy-payload and medium-payload tactical wheeled vehicles for the U.S. and other militaries. Competition for sales of these tactical wheeled vehicles includes the Man Group plc, Mercedes-Benz (a subsidiary of Daimler AG), The Volvo Group, Stewart & Stevenson Services, Inc. (a subsidiary of BAE Systems plc), International Military and Government LLC (a subsidiary of Navistar International Corporation), Force Protection Inc. and General Dynamics Corp. The principal method of competition in the defense segment involves a competitive bid that takes into account factors as determined by the applicable military, such as price, product performance, product quality, adherence to bid specifications, production capability, past performance and product support. Usually, the Company’s truck systems must also pass extensive testing. The Company believes that its competitive strengths include: strategic global purchasing capabilities leveraged across multiple business segments; extensive pricing/costing and defense contracting expertise; a significant installed base of vehicles currently in use throughout the world; large-scale and high-efficiency manufacturing capabilities; patented and/or proprietary vehicle components such as TAK-4 independent suspension, Oshkosh transfer cases and Command Zone vehicle diagnostics; ability to develop new and improved product capabilities responsive to the needs of its customers; product quality and after-market parts sales and service capabilities.
         Fire & Emergency Segment. The Company produces and sells custom and commercial firefighting vehicles in the U.S. under the Pierce brand. Competitors include Rosenbauer International AG, Emergency One, Inc. (a subsidiary of Federal Signal Corporation), Kovatch Mobile Equipment Corp. and numerous smaller, regional manufacturers. Principal methods of competition include brand awareness, the extent to which a company offers single-source customer solutions, product quality, product innovation, dealer distribution, service and support and price. The Company believes that its competitive strengths include: recognized, premium brand name; nationwide network of independent Pierce dealers; extensive, high-quality and innovative product offerings which include single-source customer solutions for aerials, pumpers and rescue units; large-scale and high-efficiency custom manufacturing capabilities; and proprietary technologies such as the PUC vehicle configuration, TAK-4 independent suspension, Hercules and Husky foam systems and Command Zone electronics.
        Oshkosh manufactures ARFF vehicles for sale in the U.S. and abroad. Oshkosh’s principal competitors for ARFF sales are Rosenbauer International AG and Emergency One, Inc. (a subsidiary of Federal Signal Corporation). Oshkosh also manufactures snow removal vehicles, principally for U.S. airports. The Company’s principal competitor for snow removal vehicle sales is Øveraasen AS. Principal methods of competition for airport products are product quality and innovation, product performance, price and service. The Company believes its competitive strengths in these airport markets include its high-quality, innovative products and low-cost manufacturing capabilities.
-11-

        JerrDan produces carriers and wreckers, primarily for sale in the U.S. and Mexico. JerrDan’s principal competitor is Miller Industries, Inc. Principal methods of competition for carriers and wreckers include product quality and innovation, product performance, price and service. The Company believes its competitive strengths in this market include its high quality, innovative and high-performance product line and its low-cost manufacturing capabilities.
        BAI manufactures firefighting vehicles, ARFF vehicles and related equipment, primarily for the Italian market, with significant export sales into the Middle East, Europe and Africa. BAI’s principal competitors include Iveco Magirus (a subsidiary of Fiat SpA) and Rosenbauer International AG. Principal methods of competition for BAI products include product innovation and price. The Company believes its competitive strengths in these markets include its low-cost manufacturing capability, distribution network and innovative products.
        Medtec is a manufacturer of ambulances, primarily for sale in the U.S. Medtec’s principal competition for ambulance sales is from Halcore Group, Inc. (owned by TransOcean Capital, Inc.), Wheeled Coach Industries (owned by American Industrial Partners) and Marque Inc./McCoy-Miller, LLC. Principal methods of competition are price, service and product quality. The Company believes its competitive strengths in the ambulance market include its high-quality products and low-cost manufacturing capabilities.
        OSV is a manufacturer of mobile medical trailers and broadcast vehicles. OSV’s principal competition for mobile medical trailers is from Med Coach, LLC. OSV’s principal competition for broadcast vehicles is from Wolf Coach (a subsidiary of L-3 Communication Holdings, Inc.). Principal methods of competition are product quality and availability, price and service. The Company believes its competitive strengths in both of OSV’s markets include its high-quality products, excellent relationships with manufacturers of equipment installed in its vehicles and low-cost manufacturing capabilities.
         Commercial Segment. The Company produces front- and rear-discharge concrete mixers and batch plants for the Americas under the Oshkosh, McNeilus, CON-E-CO and London brands. Competition for concrete mixer and batch plant sales is limited to a small number of companies, including Terex Corporation, Continental Manufacturing Co. and Schwing America Inc. Principal methods of competition are service, product features, product quality, product availability and price. The Company believes its competitive strengths include strong brand recognition, large-scale and high-efficiency manufacturing, extensive product offerings, high product quality, a significant installed base of concrete mixers in use in the marketplace and its nation-wide, Company-owned network of sales and service centers.
        McNeilus also produces refuse collection vehicles for the Americas. Competitors include The Heil Company (a subsidiary of Dover Corporation), LaBrie Equipment Ltd. and New Way (a subsidiary of Scranton Manufacturing Company, Inc.). In Europe, the Geesink Norba Group produces refuse collection vehicles and compactors under the Geesink, Norba and Kiggen brand names. There are a limited number of European competitors, including Ros Roca S.A./Dennis Eagle Ltd. and Faun Umwelttechnik GmbH & Co. The principal methods of competition in the U.S. and Europe are service, product quality, product performance and price. Increasingly, the Company is competing for municipal business and large commercial business in the Americas and Europe, which is based on lowest qualified bid. The Company believes that its competitive strengths in the Americas and European refuse collection vehicle markets include strong brand recognition, comprehensive product offerings, a reputation for high-quality, innovative products, large-scale and high-efficiency manufacturing and extensive networks of Company-owned sales and service centers located throughout the U.S. and Europe.
        IMT is a manufacturer of field service vehicles and truck-mounted cranes for the construction, equipment dealer, building supply, utility, tire service and mining industries. IMT’s principal competition is from Auto Crane Company (owned by Gridiron Capital), Stellar Industries, Inc., Maintainer Corporation of Iowa, Inc. and other regional companies. Principal methods of competition are product quality, price and service. The Company believes its competitive strengths include its high-quality products, global distribution network and low-cost manufacturing capabilities.
Customers and Backlog
        Sales to the U.S. government comprised approximately 23% of the Company’s net sales in fiscal 2007. No other single customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s net sales for this period. A substantial majority of the Company’s net sales are derived from customer orders prior to commencing production.
-12-

        The Company’s backlog as of September 30, 2007 increased 66.0% to $3,177.8 million compared to $1,914.3 million at September 30, 2006. The access equipment segment, which the Company acquired after September 30, 2006, contributed backlog of $854.1 million at September 30, 2007. The defense segment backlog increased 82.4% to $1,554.8 million at September 30, 2007 compared to $852.4 million at September 30, 2006 due to the renewal of the FHTV contract and additional contract funding received in the May 2007 federal supplemental spending bill. The defense segment backlog included $53.9 million related to the LVSR contract. Fire & emergency segment backlog decreased 10.2% to $577.5 million at September 30, 2007 compared to $643.0 million at September 30, 2006. Commercial segment backlog decreased 54.3% to $191.4 million at September 30, 2007 compared to $418.9 million at September 30, 2006. Prior year fire & emergency and commercial segment backlogs included orders in advance of diesel engine emissions standards changes effective January 1, 2007. Commercial segment backlogs were also impacted by lower residential construction in fiscal 2007. Unit backlog for refuse collection vehicles was down 68.6% domestically compared to September 30, 2006. Unit backlog for front-discharge and rear-discharge concrete mixers were down 79.0% and 80.3%, respectively, compared to September 30, 2006. Unit backlog for refuse collection vehicles was up 52.4% in Europe as a result of better demand in the United Kingdom and the return of chassis availability in France. Approximately 9.7% of the Company’s September 30, 2007 backlog is not expected to be filled in fiscal 2008.
        Reported backlog excludes purchase options and announced orders for which definitive contracts have not been executed. Additionally, backlog excludes unfunded portions of the FHTV, MTVR, ID/IQ and LVSR contracts. Backlog information and comparisons thereof as of different dates may not be accurate indicators of future sales or the ratio of the Company’s future sales to the DoD versus its sales to other customers.
Government Contracts
        Approximately 23% of the Company’s net sales for fiscal 2007 were made to the U.S. government, a substantial majority of which were under long-term contracts and programs in the defense vehicle market. Accordingly, a significant portion of the Company’s sales are subject to risks specific to doing business with the U.S. government, including uncertainty of economic conditions, changes in government policies and requirements that may reflect rapidly changing military and political developments, the availability of funds and the ability to meet specified performance thresholds. Long-term contracts may be conditioned upon continued availability of congressional appropriations. Variances between anticipated budget and congressional appropriations may result in a delay, reduction or termination of these contracts.
        The Company’s sales into defense vehicle markets are substantially dependent upon periodic awards of new contracts and the purchase of base vehicle quantities and the exercise of options under existing contracts. The Company’s existing contracts with the DoD may be terminated at any time for the convenience of the government. Upon such termination, the Company would generally be entitled to reimbursement of its incurred costs and, in general, to payment of a reasonable profit for work actually performed.
        Under firm-fixed-price contracts with the U.S. government, the price paid to the Company is generally not subject to adjustment to reflect the Company’s actual costs, except costs incurred as a result of contract changes ordered by the government. The Company generally attempts to negotiate with the government the amount of increased compensation to which the Company is entitled for government-ordered changes that result in higher costs. If the Company is unable to negotiate a satisfactory agreement to provide such increased compensation, then the Company may file an appeal with the Armed Services Board of Contract Appeals or the U.S. Claims Court. The Company has no such appeals pending. The Company seeks to mitigate risks with respect to fixed-price contracts by executing firm-fixed-price contracts with a substantial majority of its suppliers for the duration of the Company’s contracts.
        The Company, as a U.S. government contractor, is subject to financial audits and other reviews by the U.S. government of performance of, and the accounting and general practices relating to, U.S. government contracts. Like most large government contractors, the Company is audited and reviewed by the government on a continual basis. Costs and prices under such contracts may be subject to adjustment based upon the results of such audits and reviews. Additionally, such audits and reviews can and have led to civil, criminal or administrative proceedings. Such proceedings could involve claims by the government for fines, penalties, compensatory and treble damages, restitution and/or forfeitures. Under government regulations, a company or one or more of its subsidiaries can also be suspended or debarred from government contracts, or lose its export privileges based on the results of such proceedings. The Company believes that the outcome of all such audits, reviews and proceedings that are now pending will not have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
-13-

Suppliers
        The Company is dependent on its suppliers and subcontractors to meet commitments to its customers, and many components are procured or subcontracted on a sole-source basis with a number of domestic and foreign companies. Components for the Company’s products are generally available from a number of suppliers, although the transition to a new supplier may require several months to conclude. The Company purchases chassis components, such as vehicle frames, engines, transmissions, radiators, axles, tires, drive motors, bearings and hydraulic components and vehicle body options, such as cranes, cargo bodies and trailers, from third party suppliers. These body options may be manufactured specific to the Company’s requirements; however, most of the body options could be manufactured by other suppliers or the Company itself. Through reliance on this supply network for the purchase of certain components, the Company is able to reduce many of the preproduction and fixed costs associated with the manufacture of these components and vehicle body options. The Company purchases a large amount of fabrications and outsources certain manufacturing services, each generally from small companies located near its facilities. While providing low-cost services and product surge capability, such companies often require additional management attention during difficult economic conditions or contract start-up. The Company also purchases complete vehicle chassis from truck chassis suppliers in its commercial segment and, to a lesser extent, in its fire & emergency segment. Increasingly, the Company is sourcing components globally which may involve additional inventory requirements and introduces additional foreign currency exposures. The Company maintains an extensive qualification, on-site inspection, assistance and performance measurement system to control risks associated with reliance on suppliers. The Company occasionally experiences problems with supplier and subcontractor performance and availability and must identify alternate sources of supply and/or address related warranty claims from customers.
        While the Company purchases many costly components such as chassis, engines, transmissions and axles, it manufactures certain proprietary components. These components include the Revolution composite concrete mixer drum, front drive and steer axles, transfer cases, cabs, TAK-4 independent suspension system, the McNeilus Auto Reach arm, the Hercules compressed air foam system, the Command Zone vehicle control and diagnostic system technology, body structures and many smaller parts which add uniqueness and value to the Company’s products. The Company believes internal production of these components provides a significant competitive advantage and also serves to reduce the manufacturing costs of the Company’s products.
Intellectual Property
        Patents and licenses are important in the operation of the Company’s business, as one of management’s key objectives is developing proprietary components to provide the Company’s customers with advanced technological solutions at attractive prices. The Company holds in excess of 550 active domestic and foreign patents. The Company believes patents for the TAK-4 independent suspension system, which have remaining lives of 13 years, provide the Company with a competitive advantage in the fire & emergency segment. In the defense segment, the TAK-4 independent suspension system was added to the U.S. Marine Corps’ MTVR and LVSR programs, which the Company believes provided a performance and cost advantage in the successful competition for the production contracts. The Company believes that patents for certain components of its ProPulse hybrid electric drive system, Command Zone electronics and TerraMax autonomous vehicle systems offer potential competitive advantages to product lines across all its segments. To a lesser extent, other proprietary components provide the Company a competitive advantage in the Company’s segments.
        In fiscal 2002, the Company introduced the Revolution composite concrete mixer drum in the U.S. The Company has purchased exclusive, renewable licenses for the rights to manufacture and market this technology in the Americas and Europe. This license requires the Company to make royalty fee payments to its Australian partner for each Revolution drum sold. The Company believes that these licenses create an important competitive advantage over competitors that manufacture steel concrete mixer drums. The Revolution composite drum is substantially lighter than a comparable steel drum permitting greater payload capacity and is easier to clean, which together lower the cost of delivered concrete. The Company sells the Revolution composite drum at prices substantially higher than prices for steel drums.
        As part of the Company’s 20-year alliance with Caterpillar, the Company acquired a non-exclusive, non-transferable worldwide license to use certain Caterpillar intellectual property through 2025 in connection with the design and manufacture of Caterpillar’s current telehandler products. Additionally, Caterpillar assigned to JLG certain patents and patent applications relating to the Caterpillar-branded telehandler products.
        The Company holds trademarks for “Oshkosh,” “JLG,” “SkyTrak,” “Lull,” “Toucan,” “Pierce,” “McNeilus,” “Revolution,” “Medtec,” “Jerr-Dan,” “CON-E-CO,” “London,” “BAI,” “Geesink,” “Norba,” “Kiggen,” “Frontline,” “SMIT” and “IMT” among others. These trademarks are considered to be important to the future success of the Company’s business.
-14-

Employees
        As of September 30, 2007, the Company had approximately 14,200 employees. The United Auto Workers union (“UAW”) represented approximately 1,875 production employees at the Company’s Oshkosh, Wisconsin facilities; the Boilermakers, Iron Shipbuilders, Blacksmiths, and Forgers Union (“Boilermakers”) represented approximately 250 employees at the Company’s Kewaunee, Wisconsin facilities; and the International Brotherhood of Teamsters Union (“Teamsters”) represented approximately 50 employees at the Company’s Garner, Iowa facilities. The Company’s five-year agreement with the UAW extends through September 2011, and the Company’s agreement with the Boilermakers extends through May 2008. The Company’s three-year agreement with the Teamsters extends through October 2008. In addition, the Canadian Auto Workers union represented approximately 60 employees at London, and approximately 650 employees at the Geesink Norba Group are represented by separate works councils. The Company believes its relationship with employees is satisfactory.
Seasonal Nature of Business
        In the Company’s access equipment and commercial segments, business tends to be seasonal with an increase in sales occurring in the spring and summer months that constitute the traditional construction season. In addition, sales are generally lower in the first fiscal quarter in all segments due to the relatively high number of holidays which reduce available shipping days.
Industry Segments
        Financial information concerning the Company’s industry segments is included in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Foreign and Domestic Operations and Export Sales
        The Company manufactures products in the United States, Belgium, Canada, The Netherlands, Italy, Sweden, France and Romania for sale throughout the world. Sales from customers outside of the United States were 24.8%, 17.7% and 15.5% of the Company’s consolidated sales for fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
        Financial information concerning the Company’s foreign and domestic operations and export sales is included in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Available Information
        The Company maintains a website with the address www.oshkoshtruckcorporation.com . The Company is not including the information contained on the Company’s website as a part of, or incorporating it by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Company makes available free of charge (other than an investor’s own Internet access charges) through its website its Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to these reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company electronically files such materials with, or furnishes such materials to, the SEC.

ITEM 1A.	RISK FACTORS	

        The Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows are subject to various risks, many of which are not exclusively within the Company’s control that may cause actual performance to differ materially from historical or projected future performance. Information in this Form 10-K should be considered carefully by investors in light of the risk factors described below and the information set forth under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Certain Assumptions.”
Our markets are highly cyclical and a decline in these markets could have a material adverse effect on our operating performance.
-15-

        A decline in overall customer demand in our cyclical access equipment, commercial and fire & emergency markets could have a material adverse effect on our operating performance. The access equipment market that JLG operates in is highly cyclical and impacted by the strength of the economy generally, by prevailing mortgage and other interest rates, by residential and non-residential construction spending and by other factors. The ready-mix concrete market that we serve is highly cyclical and impacted by the strength of the economy generally, by prevailing mortgage and other interest rates, by the number of housing starts and by other factors that may have an effect on the level of concrete placement activity, either regionally or nationally. Housing starts were weak in fiscal 2007 causing lower demand for our concrete mixers and telehandlers in the U.S., and we do not expect housing starts to improve until at least late fiscal 2008. We expect U.S. non-residential construction spending to weaken by mid fiscal 2008 for two to three quarters and then recover in fiscal 2009. Should this occur, our sales volumes in the U.S. for access equipment, concrete mixers and certain other products would likely decline. Concrete mixer and access equipment sales also are highly seasonal with the majority of such sales occurring in the spring and summer months, which constitute the traditional construction season. Domestic and European refuse collection vehicle markets are also highly cyclical and impacted by the strength of the economy generally and municipal tax receipts. Fire & emergency markets are modestly cyclical and are impacted by the economy generally and municipal tax receipts. If these markets face downturns, then there could be a material adverse effect on our net sales, financial condition, profitability and/or cash flows. Furthermore, our commercial and fire & emergency businesses saw an increase in orders in fiscal 2006 as customers pre-purchased truck chassis in anticipation of changes in diesel engine emissions standards effective January 1, 2007. As a result of this, we expect weak demand in our fire & emergency and commercial markets until at least late fiscal 2008.
        Additionally, the high levels of sales in our defense business in recent years have been due in significant part to demand for defense trucks, replacement parts and services and truck remanufacturing arising from the conflict in Iraq. Events such as this are unplanned, and we cannot predict how long this conflict will last or the demand for our products that will arise out of such an event. Accordingly, we cannot provide any assurance that the increased defense business as a result of this conflict will continue.
We may not be able to successfully integrate the acquisition of JLG, which may have a material adverse impact on our future growth and operating performance.
        Realization of the sales, operating income and synergy targets for the JLG acquisition will require integration of JLG’s sales and marketing, distribution, manufacturing and engineering organizations. JLG is a complex, global business. The successful integration of JLG will require substantial attention from our management team. The diversion of management attention, as well as any other difficulties we may encounter in the integration process, could have a material adverse effect on our net sales, financial condition, profitability and/or cash flows. We cannot provide any assurance that we will be able to integrate the operations of JLG successfully, that we will be able to fully realize anticipated synergies from the acquisition or that we will be able to operate the JLG business as profitably as anticipated.
Our high leverage and debt service obligations could increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions and limit our ability to obtain future financing.
        As a result of financing the JLG acquisition, we are highly leveraged. We had approximately $3.1 billion of debt outstanding as of September 30, 2007. Our ability to make required payments of principal and interest on our debt will depend on our future performance, which, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive and other factors that are beyond our control. Based upon our current level of operations, we believe that cash flow from operations, available cash and available borrowings under our credit facilities will be adequate to meet our future liquidity needs. However, we cannot provide any assurance that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available under our credit facilities in an amount sufficient to enable us to service our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. In addition, our credit facilities contain financial and restrictive covenants that may limit our ability to, among other things, borrow additional funds or take advantage of business opportunities. Our failure to comply with such covenants could result in an event of default that, if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and debt service capability.
        Our high level of debt, current conditions in the credit markets and the covenants contained in our credit facilities could have important consequences for our operations, including:

 	–	Increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions and detract from our ability to withstand successfully a downturn in our highly cyclical markets or the economy generally;	
 	–	Require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to required payments on debt, thereby reducing the availability of such cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, research and development and other general corporate activities;	
 	–	Limit our ability to obtain additional financing in the future to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate requirements;	
 	–	Limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the markets we serve;	
 	–	Place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to less leveraged competitors; and	

-16-

 	–	Make us vulnerable to increases in interest rates because a portion of our debt under our credit facilities may be at variable rates.	

Our dependency on contracts with U.S. and foreign government agencies subjects us to a variety of risks that could materially reduce our revenues or profits .
        We are dependent on U.S. and foreign government contracts for a substantial portion of our business. That business is subject to the following risks, among others, that could have a material adverse effect on our operating performance:

 	–	Our business is susceptible to changes in the U.S. defense budget, which may reduce revenues that we expect from our defense business.	
 	–	The U.S. government may not appropriate funding that we expect for our U.S. government contracts, which may prevent us from realizing revenues under current contracts or receiving additional orders that we anticipate we will receive.	
 	–	Most of our government contracts are fixed-price contracts, and our actual costs may exceed our projected costs, which could result in lower profits or net losses under these contracts.	
 	–	We are required to spend significant sums on product development and testing, bid and proposal activities and pre-contract engineering, tooling and design activities in competitions to have the opportunity to be awarded these contracts.	
 	–	Competitions for the award of defense truck contracts are intense, and we cannot provide any assurance that we will be successful in the defense truck procurement competitions in which we participate, especially competitions for armored vehicles such as the DoD’s Mine Resistant Ambush Protected vehicle programs, as these involve new product lines for us.	
 	–	Certain of our government contracts could be suspended or terminated and all such contracts expire in the future and may not be replaced, which could reduce expected revenues from these contracts.	
 	–	Our defense products undergo rigorous testing by the customer and are subject to highly technical requirements. Any failure to pass these tests or to comply with these requirements could result in unanticipated retrofit costs, delayed acceptance of trucks or late or no payments under such contracts.	
 	–	Our government contracts are subject to audit, which could result in adjustments of our costs and prices under these contracts.	
 	–	Our defense truck contracts are large in size and require significant personnel and production resources, and when such contracts end, we must make adjustments to personnel and production resources.	
 	–	We periodically experience difficulties with sourcing sufficient vehicle carcasses to maintain our defense truck remanufacturing schedule, which can create uncertainty for this area of our business.	

If we are unable to successfully turnaround the profitability of our Geesink Norba Group, then we may be required to record an impairment charge for Geesink Norba Group goodwill.
        During fiscal 2004 and 2005, the Geesink Norba Group, our European refuse collection vehicle business, operated at a loss due to the weak European economy, declines in selling prices in its markets, operational inefficiencies and increased material, labor and warranty costs related to the launch of a new Geesink-branded rear loader. Although the Geesink Norba Group operated at a profit in fiscal 2006, the Geesink Norba Group operated at a loss again in fiscal 2007 due to soft market demand for its products in the United Kingdom, the lack of available chassis for mounting refuse collection vehicles in France and some market share losses. Although we have taken steps to turn around the business of the Geesink Norba Group, including recently announcing plans to rationalize a facility in The Netherlands and entering into discussions with the Works Council in Sweden regarding rationalizing a facility in that country, reducing its work force, installing new executive leadership, integrating operations with JLG, implementing lean manufacturing practices, introducing new products and outsourcing components to lower cost manufacturing sites, we cannot provide any assurance that the Geesink Norba Group will be able to operate profitably or that such activities will be successful. In addition, we may incur costs to continue to implement any such turn around beyond our current expectations for such costs as communicated in our earnings release dated November 1, 2007. Further, if we are unable to continue to turn around the business of the Geesink Norba Group, then we may be required to record an impairment charge for Geesink Norba Group goodwill, and there could be other material adverse effects on our net sales, financial condition, profitability and/or cash flows.
We are expanding international operations, the conduct of which subjects us to risks that may have a material adverse effect on our business.
-17-

        For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2007, approximately 25% of our net sales were attributable to products sold outside of the United States. Expanding international sales is a part of our growth strategy. International operations and sales are subject to various risks, including political, religious and economic instability, local labor market conditions, the imposition of foreign tariffs and other trade barriers, the impact of foreign government regulations and the effects of income and withholding taxes, governmental expropriation and differences in business practices. We may incur increased costs and experience delays or disruptions in product deliveries and payments in connection with international manufacturing and sales that could cause loss of revenues and earnings. In addition, we are increasingly subject to export control regulations, including, without limitation, the United States Export Administration Regulations and the International Traffic in Arms Regulations. Unfavorable changes in the political, regulatory and business climate could have a material adverse effect on our net sales, financial condition, profitability and/or cash flows.
We are subject to fluctuations in exchange rates and other risks associated with our non-U.S. operations that could adversely affect our results of operations and may significantly affect the comparability of our results between financial periods.
        The results of operations and financial condition of our subsidiaries that conduct operations in foreign countries are reported in the relevant foreign currencies and then translated into U.S. dollars at the applicable exchange rates for inclusion in our consolidated financial statements, which are stated in U.S. dollars. In addition, we have significant firm sales orders in backlog that are denominated in Euros, U.K. pounds sterling, the Australian dollar and other currencies, certain agreements with subcontractors denominated in these currencies and sales of inventory denominated in U.S. dollars to certain of our subsidiaries that have functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar, all of which will subject us to foreign currency transaction risk to the extent they are not hedged. We actively strive to hedge these foreign currency transaction risks but cannot provide assurance that we will be successful in doing so. The exchange rates between many of these currencies and the U.S. dollar have fluctuated significantly in recent years and may fluctuate significantly in the future. Such fluctuations, in particular those with respect to the Euro, the U.K. pound sterling and the Australian dollar, may have a material effect on our net sales, financial condition, profitability and/or cash flows and may significantly affect the comparability of our results between financial periods.
We may experience losses in our access equipment segment in excess of our recorded reserves for doubtful accounts, finance and pledged finance receivables, notes receivable and guarantees of indebtedness of others.
        We have a portfolio of finance receivables with customers in our access equipment segment and we are a party to agreements whereby we guarantee the indebtedness of customers in our access equipment segment. We evaluate the collectibility of open accounts, finance and pledged finance receivables, notes receivable and our guarantees of indebtedness of others based on a combination of factors and establish reserves based on our estimates of potential losses. In circumstances where we believe it is probable that a specific customer will have difficulty meeting its financial obligations, a specific reserve is recorded to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount we expect to collect, and/or we recognize a liability for a guarantee we expect to pay, taking into account any amounts that we would anticipate realizing if we are forced to take action against the equipment that supports the customer’s financial obligations to us. We also establish additional reserves based upon our perception of the quality of the current receivables, the current financial position of our customers and past collections experience. The historical loss experience of our finance receivables portfolio is limited, however, and therefore may not be indicative of future losses. We also face a concentration of credit risk with JLG’s top ten customers representing approximately 45% of JLG’s sales. Furthermore, some of these customers are highly leveraged. We may incur losses in excess of our recorded reserves if the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate or the full amount of any anticipated proceeds from the sale of the collateral supporting our customers’ financial obligations is not realized.
A disruption or termination of the supply of parts, materials, components and final assemblies from third-party suppliers could delay sales of our vehicles and vehicle bodies.
        We have experienced, and may in the future experience, significant disruption or termination of the supply of some of our parts, materials, components and final assemblies that we obtain from sole source suppliers or subcontractors or incur a significant increase in the cost of these parts, materials, components or final assemblies. Such disruptions, terminations or cost increases could delay sales of our vehicles and vehicle bodies and could result in a material adverse effect on our net sales, financial condition, profitability and/or cash flows.
Changes in regulations could adversely affect our business.
        Both our products and the operation of our manufacturing facilities are subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. These include environmental requirements applicable to manufacturing and vehicle emissions, government contracting regulations and domestic and international trade regulations. A significant change to these regulatory requirements could substantially increase manufacturing costs or impact the size or timing of demand for our products, all of which could make our business results more variable.
-18-

Competition in our industries is intense and we may not be able to continue to compete successfully.
        We operate in highly competitive industries. Several of our competitors have greater financial, marketing, manufacturing and distribution resources than us and we are facing competitive pricing from new entrants in certain markets. Our products may not continue to compete successfully with the products of competitors, and we may not be able to retain or increase our customer base or to improve or maintain our profit margins on sales to our customers, all of which could adversely affect our net sales, financial condition, profitability and/or cash flows.

ITEM 1B.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	

        None.

ITEM 2.	PROPERTIES	

        The Company believes its equipment and buildings are well maintained and adequate for its present and anticipated needs. As of November 21, 2007, the Company operated in 54 manufacturing facilities. The location, size and focus of the Company’s facilities are provided in the table below:

	Approximate
Square Footage	Principal	
Location (# of facilities)	Owned	Leased	Products Manufactured	

Access Equipment	 	 	 	
McConnellsburg, Pennsylvania (3)	   560,000	  27,000	Boom Lifts, Telehandlers	
Shippensburg, Pennsylvania (1)	   320,000		Boom Lifts, Scissor Lifts	
Bedford, Pennsylvania (2)	   208,000		Vertical Mast Lifts, Scissor Lifts, Trailer Boom	
			Lifts, After-Sales Service and Support	
LaVerne, California (1)		  20,000	Trailers	
Maasmechelen, Belgium (1)		119,000	Boom Lifts, Scissor Lifts, Telehandlers	
Orrville, Ohio (1)	   332,000		Telehandler and Boom Lift Subassemblies	
Oakes, North Dakota (1)		  78,000	Telehandler Subassemblies	
Tonneins, France (3)	     38,000	  92,000	Vertical Mast Lifts	

Defense		
Oshkosh, Wisconsin (4)	1,047,000	  44,000	Defense Trucks; Front-Discharge Mixers;	
			Snow Removal Vehicles; ARFF Vehicles	

Fire & Emergency		
Appleton, Wisconsin (3)	   713,000		Fire Apparatus	
Bradenton, Florida (1)	   300,000		Fire Apparatus; Ambulances	
Kewaunee, Wisconsin (1)	   292,000		Aerial Devices and Heavy Steel Fabrication	
Greencastle, Pennsylvania (2)	   130,000	139,700	Carriers and Wreckers	
Brescia, Italy (2)	     77,000	  37,000	Fire Apparatus; ARFF Vehicles	
Runkel-Dehrn, Germany (1)		    8,000	Fire Apparatus; ARFF Vehicles	
Goshen, Indiana (2)	     87,000		Ambulances	
White Pigeon, Michigan (1)	     64,000		Ambulances	
Weyauwega, Wisconsin (1)	     31,000		Refurbished Fire Apparatus	
Calumet City, Illinois (1)	     87,000		Mobile Medical Trailers	
Harvey, Illinois (1)	     78,000		Mobile Medical Trailers	
Oud-Beijerland, Holland (1)		  98,000	Mobile Medical Trailers	
Clearwater, Florida (1)		108,000	Broadcast Equipment	

Commerical		
Dodge Center, Minnesota (1)	   711,000	    4,000	Rear-Discharge Mixers; Refuse Collection Vehicles;	
			Portable Batch Plants	
Dexter, Minnesota (1)		  53,000	Revolution Composite Concrete Mixer Drums	
Emmeloord, Holland (1)	   242,000		Refuse Collection Vehicles	
-19-

	Approximate
Square Footage	Principal	
Location (# of facilities)	Owned	Leased	Products Manufactured	
 	 	 	 	
Riceville, Iowa (1)	108,000		Components for Rear-Discharge Mixers, Concrete Batch	
			Plants and Refuse Collection Vehicles	
Maarheeze, Holland (1)	  89,000		Mobile and Stationary Compactors, Refuse Transfer	
			Stations and Compactors	
Blomstermala, Sweden (1)		102,000	Refuse Collection Vehicles	
Kalmar, Sweden (1)		  40,000	Paint Facility for Refuse Collection Vehicles	
Kensett, Iowa (1)	  65,000		Refuse Collection Vehicle and Mixer Body Components	
McIntire, Iowa (1)	  28,000		Components for Rear-Discharge Mixers and Refuse	
			Collection Vehicles	
Blair, Nebraska (2)	  91,000	  20,000	Concrete Batch Plants	
Audubon, Iowa (1)	  15,000		Components for Concrete Batch Plants	
London, Canada (1)		110,000	Rear-Discharge Mixers	
Villa Rica, Georgia (1)		  56,000	Replacement Drums for Rear-Discharge Mixers	
Colton, California (1)	  43,000		Replacement Drums for Rear-Discharge Mixers	
Llantrisant, United Kingdom (1)	  58,000		Refuse Collection Vehicles	
Medias, Romania (1)		116,000	Refuse Collection Vehicles and Heavy Steel	
			Fabrications	
Garner, Iowa (1)	324,000		Field Service Vehicles and Articulating Cranes	
Westborough, Massachusetts (1)		  20,000	Field Service Vehicles and Articulating Cranes	
        The Company’s manufacturing facilities generally operate five days per week on one or two shifts, except for seasonal shutdowns for one to three week periods. The Company believes its manufacturing capacity could be significantly increased with limited capital spending by working an additional shift at each facility.
        In addition, the Company performs contract maintenance services out of multiple warehousing and service facilities owned and/or operated by the U.S. government and third parties, including locations in the United States, Japan, Kuwait, Iraq, and multiple other countries in Europe and the Middle East. The Company also owns a 223,000 square-foot facility in Killeen, Texas which is used for service and support.
        In addition to sales and service activities at the Company’s manufacturing facilities, the Company maintains 18 sales and service centers in the United States. These facilities are used primarily for sales and service of concrete mixers and refuse collection vehicles. The Company leases approximately 20,000 square feet in Las Vegas, Nevada for mounting carriers and wreckers.
        In addition to sales and service activities at the Geesink Norba Group’s manufacturing facilities, the Geesink Norba Group maintains 19 sales and service centers in Europe.
        In addition, JLG leases executive offices in Hagerstown, Maryland and an idle 270,000 square-foot manufacturing location in Port Washington, Wisconsin, which is an office location for telehandler engineering and other support functions. In addition, JLG leases a number of small distribution, administration or service facilities throughout the world.

ITEM 3.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	

        As part of its routine business operations, the Company disposes of and recycles or reclaims certain industrial waste materials, chemicals and solvents at third party disposal and recycling facilities, which are licensed by appropriate governmental agencies. In some instances, these facilities have been and may be designated by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) or a state environmental agency for remediation. Under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act and similar state laws, each potentially responsible party (“PRP”) that contributed hazardous substances may be jointly and severally liable for the costs associated with cleaning up these sites. Typically, PRPs negotiate a resolution with the EPA and/or the state environmental agencies. PRPs also negotiate with each other regarding allocation of the cleanup cost. The Company has been named a PRP with regard to three multiple-party sites. Based on current estimates, the Company believes its liability at these sites will not be material and any responsibility of the Company is adequately covered through established reserves.
-20-

        The Company is addressing a regional trichloroethylene (“TCE”) groundwater plume on the south side of Oshkosh, Wisconsin. The Company believes there may be multiple sources of TCE in the area. TCE was detected at the Company’s North Plant facility with testing showing the highest concentrations in a monitoring well located on the upgradient property line. Because the investigation process is still ongoing, it is not possible for the Company to estimate its long-term total liability associated with this issue at this time. Also, as part of the regional TCE groundwater investigation, the Company conducted a groundwater investigation of a former landfill located on Company property. The landfill, acquired by the Company in 1972, is approximately 2.0 acres in size and is believed to have been used for the disposal of household waste. Based on the investigation, the Company does not believe the landfill is one of the sources of the TCE contamination. Based upon current knowledge, the Company believes its liability associated with the TCE issue will not be material and is adequately covered through reserves established by the Company. However, this may change as investigations proceed by the Company, other unrelated property owners, and the government.
        The Company had reserves of $4.1 million for environmental matters at September 30, 2007 for losses that are probable and estimable. The amount recorded for identified contingent liabilities is based on estimates. Amounts recorded are reviewed periodically and adjusted to reflect additional technical and legal information that becomes available. Actual costs to be incurred in future periods may vary from the estimates, given the inherent uncertainties in evaluating certain exposures. Subject to the imprecision in estimating future contingent liability costs, the Company does not expect that any sum it may have to pay in connection with these matters in excess of the amounts recorded will have a materially adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
        The Company is subject to other environmental matters and legal proceedings and claims, including patent, antitrust, product liability, warranty and state dealership regulation compliance proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. Although the final results of all such matters and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company believes that the ultimate resolution of all such matters and claims will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
        At September 30, 2007, the Company had warranty reserves of $88.2 million and product and general liability reserves of $51.6 million. See Notes 12 and 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Although the final results of all such matters and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company believes that the ultimate resolution of all such matters and claims, after taking into account the liabilities accrued with respect to all such matters and claims of $139.8 million at September 30, 2007, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Actual results could vary, among other things, due to the uncertainties involved in litigation.

ITEM 4.	SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS	

        No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the three months ended September 30, 2007.
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
        The following table sets forth certain information as of November 21, 2007 concerning the Company’s executive officers. All of the Company’s officers serve terms of one year and until their successors are elected and qualified.

Name	Age	Title.	
Robert G. Bohn	54	Chairman and Chief Executive Officer	
Charles L. Szews	50	President and Chief Operating Officer	
Bryan J. Blankfield	46	Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary	
Thomas D. Fenner	51	Executive Vice President and President, Fire & Emergency Group	
Joseph H. Kimmitt	57	Executive Vice President, Government Operations and Industry Relations	
Craig E. Paylor	51	Executive Vice President and President, JLG Industries, Inc.	
John W. Randjelovic	63	Executive Vice President and CEO, Fire & Emergency Group	
David M. Sagehorn	44	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer	
William J. Stoddart	62	Executive Vice President and President, Defense Business	
Donald H. Verhoff	61	Executive Vice President, Technology	
Michael J. Wuest	48	Executive Vice President and President, McNeilus Companies, Inc.	
Matthew J. Zolnowski	54	Executive Vice President, Chief Administration Officer	
-21-

         Robert G. Bohn. Mr. Bohn joined the Company in 1992 as Vice President-Operations. He was appointed President and Chief Operating Officer in 1994. He was appointed Chief Executive Officer in 1997 and Chairman of the Board in January 2000. Mr. Bohn was elected a Director of the Company in 1995. He is a director of Graco, Inc. and Menasha Corporation.
         Charles L. Szews . Mr. Szews joined the Company in 1996 as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. He served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from 1997 until October 2007, at which time he was appointed to President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Szews was elected a Director of the Company in May 2007. He is a director of Gardner Denver, Inc.
         Bryan J. Blankfield. Mr. Blankfield joined the Company in 2002 as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary and was appointed to his current position in 2003. He previously served as in-house legal counsel and consultant for Waste Management, Inc., a waste services company, and its predecessors from 1990 to 2002. He was appointed Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary of Waste Management, Inc. in 1995 and Vice President in 1998.
         Thomas D. Fenner. Mr. Fenner joined the Company in 1982 as a scheduler and has served in various assignments, including Plant Manager, Vice President – Manufacturing of McNeilus, Vice President – Manufacturing Operations, Vice President and General Manager of Operations of Pierce and Vice President, Chief Procurement Officer and General Manager, Airport Business. Mr. Fenner was appointed to his present position in July 2007.
         Joseph H. Kimmitt . Mr. Kimmitt joined the Company in 2001 as Vice President, Government Operations and was appointed to his current position in 2006. He previously served as a Professional Staff Member of the U.S. House and Senate Appropriations Committees from 1984 to 2001. He was appointed Deputy Staff Director of the Senate Appropriations Committee in 1997.
         Craig E. Paylor. Mr. Paylor joined the Company in December 2006 with the acquisition of JLG and was appointed to his current position in October 2007. Mr. Paylor joined JLG in 1983 as a sales representative. In 1996, Mr. Paylor became an officer of JLG and was appointed Senior Vice President of Sales and Market Development in 1999. In 2002, he was appointed JLG’s Senior Vice President, Sales, Marketing and Customer Support. In 2006, he was appointed JLG’s Senior Vice President, Marketing. In May 2007, he was appointed as a Senior Vice President of the Company and President of JLG.
         John W. Randjelovic. Mr. Randjelovic joined the Company in 1992 as Vice President and General Manager in charge of the Bradenton, Florida Division. In 1996, he was appointed Vice President of Manufacturing, Purchasing and Materials for Pierce. In 1997, Mr. Randjelovic was appointed Vice President and General Manager, Pierce Manufacturing Inc. In 1999, Mr. Randjelovic was appointed Executive Vice President and President, Pierce and was appointed to his current position in July 2007.
         David M. Sagehorn. Mr. Sagehorn joined the Company in 2000 as Senior Manager – Mergers & Acquisitions and has served in various assignments, including Director-Business Development, Vice President-Defense Finance, Vice President-McNeilus Finance and Vice President-Business Development. In 2005, he was appointed Vice President and Treasurer and he was appointed to his present position in October 2007.
         William J. Stoddart. Mr. Stoddart joined the Company’s Defense business in 1995 as General Manager Medium Vehicles. In 1999, he was appointed Vice President, Defense Programs and he was appointed to his present position in 2001.
         Donald H. Verhoff. Mr. Verhoff joined the Company in 1973 and has served in various assignments, including Director Test and Development/New Product Development, Director Corporate Engineering and Vice President of Technology. Mr. Verhoff was appointed to his present position in 1998.
         Michael J. Wuest . Mr. Wuest joined the Company in 1981 as an analyst and has served in various assignments, including Senior Buyer, Director of Purchasing, Vice President — Manufacturing Operations, Vice President and General Manager of Operations of Pierce Manufacturing Inc. and Executive Vice President, Chief Procurement Officer and General Manager, Airport Business. Mr. Wuest was appointed to his present position in 2004.
         Matthew J. Zolnowski. Mr. Zolnowski joined the Company as Vice President-Human Resources in 1992, was appointed Vice President, Administration in 1994 and was appointed to his present position in 1999.
-22-

PART II

ITEM 5.	MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES	

        The information relating to dividends included in Notes 14 and 21 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained herein under Item 8 and the information relating to dividends per share contained herein under Item 6 are hereby incorporated by reference in answer to this item.
        In July 1995, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 6,000,000 shares of Common Stock. The Company did not repurchase any shares under this authorization during fiscal 2007. As of September 30, 2007, the Company had repurchased 2,769,210 shares under this program at a cost of $6.6 million, leaving the Company with authority to repurchase 3,230,790 shares of Common Stock under this program. The authorization does not expire.
Dividends and Common Stock Price
        During fiscal 2005, the Board of Directors of the Company increased the quarterly dividend rate twice, resulting in an increase in the quarterly dividend from $0.04375 per share of Common Stock to $0.06750 per share. On January 17, 2006, the Board of Directors of the Company increased the quarterly dividend rate from $0.06750 per share of Common Stock to $0.10 per share. No changes to the quarterly dividend rate were made during fiscal 2007.
        It is the Company’s intention to declare and pay dividends on a regular basis. However, the payment of future dividends is at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors and will depend upon, among other things, future earnings, capital requirements, the Company’s general financial condition, general business conditions and other factors. As a result of the debt incurred for the JLG acquisition, the Company expects to only make modest changes to its dividend practices, if any, until in its judgment it adequately reduces debt following the acquisition. The Company’s credit agreement limits the amount of its dividends and other types of distributions to $40 million during any fiscal year plus the positive result of (x) 25% of the cumulative net income of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for all fiscal quarters ending after December 6, 2006, minus (y) the cumulative amount of all dividends and other types of distributions made in any fiscal year ending after December 6, 2006 that exceed $40 million.
        The Company’s credit agreement contains various restrictions and covenants which would prevent the payment of dividends in the event of non-compliance, including (1) requirements that the Company maintain certain financial ratios at prescribed levels; and (2) restrictions on the ability of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries to consolidate or merge, create liens, incur additional indebtedness and dispose of assets. The credit agreement also requires maintenance on a rolling four quarter basis of a maximum leverage ratio (as defined) of 5.25x for the fiscal quarter ending on September 30, 2007, reducing to 4.75x for the fiscal quarters ending on December 31, 2007 through September 30, 2008, 4.25x for the fiscal quarters ending on December 31, 2008 through September 30, 2009 and 3.75x for fiscal quarters ending thereafter, and a minimum interest coverage ratio (as defined) of 2.50x, in each case tested as of the last day of each fiscal quarter. The Company was in compliance in all material respects with these covenants at September 30, 2007.
        The Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol OSK. As of November 19, 2007, there were 1,103 holders of record of the Common Stock. The following table sets forth prices reflecting actual sales of the Common Stock as reported on the NYSE.

	Fiscal 2007	Fiscal 2006	
Quarter Ended	High	Low	High	Low	

September 30	 	 	$	65.83	 	$	50.66	 	$	52.82	 	$	42.64	 	
June 30	 	 	 	64.59	 	 	52.16	 	 	65.69	 	 	46.30	 	
March 31	 	 	 	57.60	 	 	46.92	 	 	62.47	 	 	44.35	 	
December 31	 	 	 	55.54	 	 	43.60	 	 	46.17	 	 	41.00	 	
        Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K contains certain information relating to the Company’s equity compensation plans.
-23-

        The following information in this Item 5 is not deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, and will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act, except to the extent the Company specifically incorporates it by reference into such a filing: the SEC requires the Company to include a line graph presentation comparing cumulative five year Common Stock returns with a broad-based stock index and either a nationally recognized industry index or an index of peer companies selected by the Company.  The Company has chosen to use the Standard & Poor’s MidCap 400 market index as the broad-based index and the companies currently in the Standard Industry Classification Code 371 Index (motor vehicles and equipment) (the “SIC Code 371 Index”) as a more specific comparison.
        The comparisons assume that $100 was invested on September 30, 2002 in each of: our Common Stock, the SIC Code 371 Index and the Standard & Poor’s MidCap 400 market index. The total return assumes reinvestment of dividends and is adjusted for stock splits. The fiscal 2007 return listed in the charts below is based on closing prices per share on September 28, 2007. On that date, the closing price for the Company’s Common Stock was $61.97.

Fiscal year ended September 30,

	2002	2003	2004	2005	2006	2007	
Oshkosh Truck Corporation	 	 	$	100.00	 	$	141.32	 	$	204.59	 	$	311.36	 	$	366.78	 	$	453.72	 	
S&P MidCap 400 market index	 	 	$	100.00	 	$	126.81	 	$	149.07	 	$	182.10	 	$	194.05	 	$	230.45	 	
SIC Code 371 Index	 	 	$	100.00	 	$	121.13	 	$	145.85	 	$	126.70	 	$	128.01	 	$	161.81	 	
-24-

ITEM 6.	SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA	

Fiscal Year
(In millions, except per share amounts)	2007 (3)	2006	2005 (4)(5)	2004 (4)(5)	2003 (4)(5)	
Net sales	 	 	$	6,307.3	 	$	3,427.4	 	$	2,959.9	 	$	2,262.3	 	$	1,926.0	 	
Operating income	 	 	 	590.3	 	 	325.9	 	 	267.2	 	 	180.4	 	 	129.2	 	
Net income (1)	 	 	 	268.1	 	 	205.5	 	 	160.2	 	 	112.8	 	 	75.6	 	
   Per share assuming dilution (1)	 	 	 	3.58	 	 	2.76	 	 	2.18	 	 	1.57	 	 	1.08	 	
Dividends per share:	 	 		
   Class A Common Stock (2)	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	0.0750	 	 	0.1250	 	 	0.0875	 	
   Common Stock	 	 	 	0.4000	 	 	0.3675	 	 	0.2213	 	 	0.1450	 	 	0.1006	 	
Total assets	 	 	 	6,399.8	 	 	2,110.9	 	 	1,718.3	 	 	1,452.4	 	 	1,083.1	 	
Expenditures for property, plant and equipment	 	 	 	102.0	 	 	56.0	 	 	43.2	 	 	30.0	 	 	24.7	 	
Depreciation	 	 	 	56.7	 	 	28.8	 	 	23.8	 	 	19.6	 	 	18.3	 	
Amortization of purchased intangible assets,	 	 		
   deferred financing costs and stock-based	 	 		
   compensation	 	 	 	84.0	 	 	19.8	 	 	10.9	 	 	8.3	 	 	7.8	 	
Net working capital (deficit) (3)	 	 	 	646.9	 	 	121.4	 	 	178.8	 	 	31.0	 	 	(1.4	)	
Long-term debt (including current maturities)	 	 	 	3,022.0	 	 	2.9	 	 	3.1	 	 	3.9	 	 	1.7	 	
Shareholders' equity	 	 	 	1,393.6	 	 	1,061.9	 	 	818.7	 	 	636.1	 	 	518.9	 	
Book value per share	 	 	 	18.78	 	 	14.40	 	 	11.16	 	 	9.00	 	 	7.44	 	
Backlog	 	 	 	3,177.8	 	 	1,914.3	 	 	1,944.1	 	 	1,551.0	 	 	1,204.6	 	

(1)	Fiscal 2003 results included a $3.9 million after-tax charge ($0.06 per share) related to the payment of the call premium and related costs and the write-off of capitalized deferred financing costs due to the September 19, 2003 early retirement of the Company’s $100.0 million of 8¾% senior subordinated notes due March 2008.	

(2)	In May 2005, a sufficient number of shareholders of unlisted Class A Common Stock converted their shares to New York Stock Exchange – listed Common Stock, on a share-for-share basis, which resulted in the remaining Class A shares automatically converting into shares of Common Stock on the same basis. As a result of this conversion to a single class of stock, shares of Common Stock that previously had limited voting rights now carry full voting rights.	

(3)	On December 6, 2006, the Company acquired for $3.1 billion in cash all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of JLG. Amounts include acquisition costs and are net of cash acquired. Fiscal 2007 results included sales of $2.5 billion and operating income of $268.4 million related to JLG following its acquisition.	

(4)	In fiscal 2006, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment,” requiring the Company to recognize expense related to the fair value of the Company’s stock-based compensation awards. Had SFAS No. 123(R) been in effect for the earliest period presented, results would have been as follows for fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively: operating income — $263.7 million, $177.2 million and $126.3 million; net income — $156.7 million, $109.6 million and $72.7 million; net income per share assuming dilution — $2.13, $1.52 and $1.04.	

(5)	In fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003 the Company recorded cumulative life-to-date adjustments to increase the overall margin percentage on the MTVR base contract by 2.5, 2.1 and 1.2 percentage points, respectively, as a result of contract modifications and favorable cost performance compared to previous estimates. These changes in estimates, recorded as cumulative life-to-date adjustments, increased operating income, net income and net income per share by $24.7 million, $15.1 million and $0.21 in fiscal 2005, $19.5 million, $12.3 million and $0.17 in fiscal 2004 and $9.2 million, $5.8 million and $0.09 in fiscal 2003, respectively, including $23.1 million, $14.2 million and $0.20 in fiscal 2005, $16.2 million, $10.2 million and $0.14 in fiscal 2004 and $5.7 million, $3.6 million and $0.05 in fiscal 2003, respectively, relating to prior year revenues.	

-25-

ITEM 7.	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	

General
        The Company is a leading designer, manufacturer and marketer of a wide range of specialty vehicles and vehicle bodies, including access equipment, defense trucks, fire & emergency vehicles and concrete mixers and refuse collection vehicles. The Company is a leading global manufacturer of aerial work platforms under the “JLG” brand name. The Company is among the worldwide leaders in the manufacturing of telehandlers under the “JLG,” “SkyTrak,” “Lull” and “Gradall’ brand names. The Company manufactures defense trucks under the “Oshkosh” brand name and is the leading manufacturer of severe-duty heavy-payload tactical trucks for the DoD. Under the “Pierce” brand name, the Company is among the leading domestic manufacturers of fire apparatus assembled on both custom and commercial chassis. Under the “Jerr-Dan” brand name, the Company is a leading domestic manufacturer and marketer of towing and recovery equipment. Under the “BAI” brand name, the Company is a manufacturer and marketer of fire apparatus, aircraft rescue and firefighting vehicles and equipment to municipalities and airports in Italy and exports into Europe, the Middle East and Africa. The Company manufactures aircraft rescue and firefighting and airport snow removal vehicles under the “Oshkosh” brand name and ambulances under the “Medtec” brand name. The Company manufactures mobile medical trailers under the “Oshkosh Specialty Vehicles” and “SMIT” brand names. Under the “Frontline” brand name, the Company is a leading domestic manufacturer and marketer of broadcast vehicles. Under the “McNeilus,” “Oshkosh,” “London” and “CON-E-CO” brand names, the Company manufactures rear- and front-discharge concrete mixers and portable and stationary concrete batch plants. Under the “McNeilus,” “Geesink,” “Norba” and “Kiggen” brand names, the Company manufactures a wide range of automated, rear, front, side and top loading refuse collection vehicles and mobile and stationary refuse compactors and transfer systems. Under the “IMT” brand name, the Company is a leading domestic manufacturer of field service vehicles and truck-mounted cranes.
        Major products manufactured and marketed by each of the Company’s business segments are as follows:
         Access equipment – aerial work platforms and telehandlers used in a wide variety of construction, industrial, institutional and general maintenance applications to position workers and materials at elevated heights. Access equipment customers include equipment rental companies, construction contractors, manufacturing companies, home improvement centers and the U.S. military.
         Defense – heavy- and medium-payload tactical trucks and supply parts and services sold to the U.S. military and to other militaries around the world.
         Fire & emergency – custom and commercial firefighting vehicles and equipment, aircraft rescue and firefighting vehicles, snow removal vehicles, ambulances, wreckers, carriers and other emergency vehicles primarily sold to fire departments, airports, other governmental units and towing companies in the U.S. and abroad, mobile medical trailers sold to hospitals and third party medical service providers in the U.S. and Europe and broadcast vehicles sold to broadcasters and TV stations in North America and abroad.
         Commercial – concrete mixers, refuse collection vehicles, mobile and stationary compactors and waste transfer units, portable and stationary concrete batch plants and vehicle components sold to ready-mix companies and commercial and municipal waste haulers in North America, Europe and other international markets and field service vehicles and truck-mounted cranes sold to mining, construction and other companies in the U.S. and abroad.
        All estimates referred to in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” refer to the Company’s estimates as of November 1, 2007 when the Company conducted a conference call in connection with its announcement of its earnings for the fourth quarter and fiscal year ended September 30, 2007 and its revised outlook for fiscal 2008.
Recent Acquisitions
        Since 1996, the Company has selectively pursued strategic acquisitions to enhance its product offerings and diversify its business. The Company has focused its acquisition strategy on providing a full range of products to customers in specialty vehicle and vehicle body markets that are growing and where it can develop strong market positions and achieve acquisition synergies. Acquisitions completed during the past three fiscal years include:
-26-

        On December 6, 2006, the Company acquired JLG for $3.1 billion, including transaction costs and the assumption of debt and net of cash acquired. JLG is a leading global manufacturer of access equipment based on gross revenues. The results of JLG’s operations are included in the consolidated results of the Company from the date of acquisition.
        During fiscal 2006, the Company completed two acquisitions: IMT and OSV. In August 2006, the Company acquired IMT for $133.0 million. IMT is a leading North American manufacturer of field service vehicles and truck-mounted cranes for niche markets. In July 2006, the Company completed the acquisition of OSV for $142.0 million. OSV is a leading manufacturer of mobile medical, homeland security command and communications, and broadcast vehicles with sales throughout the Americas and Europe.
        During fiscal 2005, the Company completed two acquisitions: London and CON-E-CO. In March 2005, the Company acquired London for $11.2 million. London is a manufacturer and marketer of rear-discharge concrete mixers for the concrete placement market with sales throughout the Americas. In November 2004, the Company acquired CON-E-CO for $19.9 million. CON-E-CO is a leading manufacturer and marketer of portable and stationary concrete batch plants for the Americas.
Executive Overview
        Fiscal 2007 was a record year for the Company in terms of sales, net income and earnings per share. Net sales were $6.3 billion, an 84.0% increase over fiscal 2006, net income was $268.1 million, a 30.5% increase over the prior year and earnings per share was $3.58, a 29.7% increase over fiscal 2006. These increases were primarily driven by exceptional performance in the newly acquired access equipment segment. The Company’s focus in fiscal 2008 is to complete the integration of JLG, achieve the synergy opportunities identified as part of that acquisition, successfully execute the turnaround actions at the Geesink Norba Group and reduce the Company’s debt to provide flexibility to make strategic acquisitions in late fiscal 2008 or fiscal 2009. The Company’s financial performance in fiscal 2007 compared to fiscal 2006 and its expectations for its financial performance in fiscal year 2008 follow:

	Percentage Increase vs. Prior Year
	
	Fiscal
2007
	Fiscal
2008 Estimate (1)
	
Sales	84.0%	12.6% -15.7%	
Operating income	81.1%	16.9% - 21.1%	
Net income	30.5%	18.4% - 24.2%	
Earnings per share assuming dilution	29.7%	15.9% - 21.5%	

 	(1) Company estimates as of November 1, 2007.	

        The Company’s results in fiscal 2007 were driven by the strong performance of JLG post-acquisition, improved fire & emergency segment results and improvements in the effective tax rate. These effects were partially offset by lower earnings in the commercial segment and higher corporate expenses related to higher personnel costs, higher professional services fees and increased travel expenses and an increase in interest expense.
        Since 1996, the Company has selectively pursued strategic acquisitions to enhance its product offerings and diversify its business. The Company has focused its acquisition strategy on providing a full range of products to customers in specialty vehicle and vehicle body markets that are growing and where it can develop strong market positions and achieve significant synergies to help drive superior returns for shareholders. On December 6, 2006, the Company completed its fifteenth acquisition since 1996 and formed its access equipment segment with the purchase of JLG for $3.1 billion, including transaction costs and the assumption of debt and net of cash acquired. The results of JLG’s operations are included in the consolidated results of the Company from the date of acquisition. In fiscal 2007, JLG contributed sales of $2.5 billion and operating income of $268.4 million to the consolidated results. After consideration of interest costs on acquisition-related debt, JLG was accretive to earnings per share by approximately $0.75 in fiscal 2007.
        Since the onset of Operation Iraqi Freedom in 2003, the Company’s defense segment has benefited substantially from increasing DoD requirements for new trucks, parts, service, armoring and remanufacturing of the Company’s defense vehicles operated in Iraq. During fiscal 2007, the Company’s defense segment increased production of new and remanufactured trucks to meet the requirements of its largest customer, the DoD, in its mission to successfully complete Operation Iraqi Freedom. As a result, sales of new and remanufactured trucks increased 25.7% in fiscal 2007 as compared to the prior year. Due to lower armor sales, inefficiencies on the start-up of a contract and lower negotiated margins on the FHTV program, operating margin declined from 18.4% of sales in the prior year to 17.3% of sales in fiscal 2007. As a result, operating income for the defense segment only increased 1.1% for fiscal 2007 compared to the prior year.
-27-

        The Company’s fire & emergency segment experienced solid sales growth of 18.8% in fiscal 2007 and an increase in operating income of 19.4%. The acquisition of OSV added sales of $101.7 million and operating income of $8.1 million to fiscal 2007 results. Higher organic sales levels in fiscal 2007 reflected strong order flow and market share gains for domestic fire apparatus and homeland security products as well as stronger towing product sales. The Company believes that the fire apparatus and towing markets benefited during fiscal 2007 from the pre-buy of units before new diesel engine emissions standards that took effect on January 1, 2007. The increase in operating income in fiscal 2007 for the businesses in the segment other than OSV reflected strong sales and improved margins at the Company’s domestic fire apparatus business as a result of ongoing cost reduction initiatives and lower losses at the Company’s domestic ambulance business.
        Sales in the Company’s commercial segment increased 4.9% in fiscal 2007. Excluding the impact of the IMT acquisition, sales were down 2.4% in fiscal 2007 as compared to the prior year. The decrease in sales was largely attributable to weak demand at the Company’s North American businesses during the last half of fiscal 2007 as a result of a sharp decrease in demand subsequent to the January 1, 2007 diesel engine emissions standards changes in the U.S. and lower residential construction. Sales at the Company’s European refuse collection vehicle business were down 9.2% in fiscal 2007 as compared to the prior year due to soft demand for the Company’s products in the United Kingdom, the lack of available chassis in France for the first six months of the fiscal year and some market share losses.
        Operating income in the Company’s commercial segment decreased 12.9% in fiscal 2007. Excluding the impact of the IMT acquisition, operating income was down 30.6% in fiscal 2007 as compared to the prior year. The decrease in operating income was largely due to the performance of the Company’s European refuse collection vehicle business. The Company’s European refuse collection vehicle operations had an operating loss of $19.3 million in fiscal 2007 compared with operating income of $2.9 million in fiscal 2006. In fiscal 2007, the Company incurred charges totaling $9.7 million in connection with a reduction in its European refuse collection vehicle business salaried and hourly workforce, the closure of an underutilized facility and other adjustments related to the plan to turn around this business. The Company expects to incur additional charges at this business in fiscal 2008 related to further planned turn around activities.
        The Company has a positive outlook for fiscal 2008 in spite of a slowing U.S. economy as the Company seeks to achieve the full synergy potential from the JLG acquisition. The Company estimates that its sales will increase to $7.1 — $7.3 billion and that its earnings per share will increase to $4.15 — $4.35. The Company expects sales in its access equipment segment to grow by a double digit percentage in fiscal 2008, in part as a result of the ownership of JLG for a full year in fiscal 2008, but also due to a strong backlog in this segment and strong markets outside North America, offset by expected weakness in U.S. access equipment sales. The Company also expects its defense segment sales to rise at a double digit percentage in fiscal 2008 due to strong DoD funding for its truck programs. The Company expects such sales increases and cost reduction plans across all segments largely tied to synergies from the JLG acquisition to be the primary drivers of its estimated earnings per share growth in fiscal 2008. See “Fiscal 2008 Outlook” for further details regarding the Company’s fiscal 2008 estimates.
Results of Operations
Consolidated Net Sales – Three Years Ended September 30, 2007
        The following table presents net sales (see definition of net sales contained in Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements) by business segment (in millions):

	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	
Net sales:	2007
	2006
	2005

Access Equipment	 	 	$	2,539.5	 	$	--	 	$	--	 	
Defense	 	 	 	1,416.5	 	 	1,317.2	 	 	1,061.1	 	
Fire & Emergency	 	 	 	1,142.2	 	 	961.5	 	 	841.5	 	
Commercial	 	 	 	1,248.3	 	 	1,190.3	 	 	1,085.7	 	
Intersegment Eliminations	 	 	 	(39.2	)	 	(41.6	)	 	(28.4	)	
							
   Consolidated	 	 	$	6,307.3	 	$	3,427.4	 	$	2,959.9	 	

-28-

        The following table presents net sales by geographic region based on product shipment destination (in millions):

	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	
Net sales:	2007
	2006
	2005

United States	 	 	$	4,745.5	 	$	2,820.6	 	$	2,500.4	 	
Other North America	 	 	 	212.8	 	 	76.3	 	 	35.9	 	
Europe, Africa and Middle East	 	 	 	1,083.7	 	 	431.8	 	 	384.2	 	
Rest of world	 	 	 	265.3	 	 	98.7	 	 	39.4	 	
							
   Consolidated	 	 	$	6,307.3	 	$	3,427.4	 	$	2,959.9	 	
							
Fiscal 2007 Compared to Fiscal 2006
        Consolidated net sales increased $2.9 billion, or 84.0%, to $6.3 billion in fiscal 2007 compared to fiscal 2006. Net sales increased in all segments. The acquisitions of OSV, IMT and JLG contributed $2.7 billion of the sales increase in fiscal 2007.
        Access equipment net sales were $2,539.5 million in fiscal 2007. Access equipment sales represent sales of JLG from December 6, 2006, the date of its acquisition, through the end of the fiscal year. Since the date of acquisition, JLG has experienced strong demand in Europe and Asia for all products and in North America for aerial work platforms. The segment has also benefited from the start-up of production of Caterpillar-branded telehandlers. The segment experienced softer demand for its traditional telehandlers in North America as a result of a slowdown in residential construction.
        Defense segment net sales increased 7.5% to $1,416.5 million in fiscal 2007 compared to fiscal 2006. The increase compared to the prior year was attributable to an increase in sales of new and remanufactured trucks, offset by sharply lower parts and service sales. Sales of medium-payload tactical vehicles to the DoD in fiscal 2007 more than offset a decrease in international truck sales due to the completion of the U.K. Wheeled Tanker contract in the first quarter of fiscal 2007. The sharp decrease in parts and service sales resulted from the completion of several nonrecurring, large armor and armor installation projects in fiscal 2006.
        Fire & emergency segment net sales increased 18.8% to $1,142.2 million in fiscal 2007 compared to fiscal 2006. The acquisition of OSV added sales of $101.7 million in fiscal 2007. Sales rose 8.4% for other businesses in the segment, reflecting higher sales for all domestic business units, most notably fire apparatus and towing products. The increase in domestic fire apparatus sales reflected higher demand for chassis with engines purchased in advance of diesel engine emissions standards changes effective January 1, 2007, increased pricing and some market share gains. The increase in towing product sales reflected a higher mix of package sales, which include both a wrecker unit and a purchased chassis.
        Commercial segment net sales increased 4.9% to $1,248.3 million in fiscal 2007 compared to fiscal 2006 due to the addition of IMT for the full year and higher domestic refuse collection vehicle sales. The acquisition of IMT added net sales of $85.8 million in fiscal 2007. Domestic refuse collection vehicle sales were 23.9% higher in fiscal 2007 due to an increase in shipments to large U.S. commercial waste haulers and municipalities. A 10.2% decrease of concrete placement product sales in fiscal 2007 as compared to fiscal 2006, largely due to lower domestic concrete mixer volume subsequent to the January 1, 2007 changes to diesel engine emissions standards and a slowdown in residential construction, partially offset the increase in sales of refuse collection vehicles. European refuse collection vehicle sales were also down 9.2% in fiscal 2007 as compared to fiscal 2006 due to soft demand for the Company’s products in the United Kingdom, the lack of available chassis for mounting refuse collection vehicles in France during the first half of the fiscal year and some market share losses.
Fiscal 2006 Compared to Fiscal 2005
        Consolidated net sales increased 15.8% to $3.4 billion in fiscal 2006 compared to fiscal 2005. Net sales were up in all segments. The acquisitions of OSV and IMT contributed $32.4 million of the sales increase in fiscal 2006.
        Defense segment net sales increased 24.1% to $1,317.2 million in fiscal 2006 compared to fiscal 2005. The sales increase arose from increased sales of new and remanufactured heavy-payload trucks to the DoD to support Operation Iraqi Freedom and higher shipments of wheeled tankers under the U.K. Ministry of Defence (“MoD”) contract. Parts and service sales in fiscal 2006 were up slightly as armor sales offset a decrease in other parts and service sales.
-29-

        Fire & emergency segment net sales increased 14.3% to $961.5 million in fiscal 2006 compared to fiscal 2005. The acquisition of OSV contributed $16.5 million to the increase in fiscal 2006 net sales. Sales in the remaining businesses in the segment rose 12.3%, reflecting strong order rates for fire apparatus, ambulances and airport products.
        Commercial segment net sales increased 9.6% to $1,190.3 million in fiscal 2006 compared to fiscal 2005. The acquisition of IMT contributed $15.9 million to the increase in fiscal 2006 net sales. Concrete placement sales were up 11.8% primarily due to strong demand in advance of diesel engine emissions standards changes effective January 1, 2007 offset by a lower mix of package sales involving a truck chassis and vehicle body. Domestic refuse collection vehicle sales were 0.8% higher due to an increase in shipments to large U.S. commercial waste haulers offset by a decrease in package sales. European refuse collection vehicle sales increased 8.4% in U.S. dollars due to higher unit volumes and higher pricing offset in part by unfavorable currency translation adjustments as a result of the increased strength of the U.S. dollar compared to the Euro.
Consolidated Operating Income – Three Years Ended September 30, 2007
        The following table presents operating income by business segment (in millions):

	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	
Operating income (expense):	2007
	2006
	2005

Access Equipment	 	 	$	268.4	 	$	--	 	$	--	 	
Defense	 	 	 	245.0	 	 	242.2	 	 	210.2	 	
Fire & Emergency	 	 	 	107.5	 	 	90.0	 	 	79.6	 	
Commercial	 	 	 	57.7	 	 	66.2	 	 	23.8	 	
Corporate and other	 	 	 	(88.3	)	 	(72.5	)	 	(46.4	)	
							
   Consolidated	 	 	$	590.3	 	$	325.9	 	$	267.2	 	
							
Fiscal 2007 Compared to Fiscal 2006
        Consolidated operating income increased 81.1% to $590.3 million, or 9.4% of sales, in fiscal 2007 compared to $325.9 million, or 9.5% of sales, in fiscal 2006. The acquisitions of OSV, IMT and JLG contributed $287.7 million of the operating income increase in fiscal 2007. The slight decrease in operating income as a percentage of sales was generally due to lower margins in our defense and commercial segments.
        Access equipment segment operating income was $268.4 million, or 10.6% of sales, in fiscal 2007. Operating income for the access equipment segment in fiscal 2007 included charges of $14.0 million related to the revaluation of inventory as of the JLG acquisition date and $56.1 million for the recurring amortization of JLG intangible and tangible assets recorded as part of the preliminary purchase accounting for the JLG acquisition.
        Defense segment operating income increased 1.1% to $245.0 million, or 17.3% of sales, in fiscal 2007 compared to $242.2 million, or 18.4% of sales, in fiscal 2006. The decrease in operating income as a percentage of sales during fiscal 2007 reflected an adverse truck product mix, inefficiencies on the start-up of a contract and lower negotiated margins on the renewal of the FHTV contract, offset in part by the benefit of higher sales and relatively flat operating expenses.
        Fire & emergency segment operating income increased 19.4% to $107.5 million, or 9.4% of sales, in fiscal 2007 compared to $90.0 million, or 9.4% of sales, in fiscal 2006. The acquisition of OSV added operating income of $8.1 million in fiscal 2007. Operating income for the other businesses in the segment increased 10.4% in fiscal 2007 compared to fiscal 2006. The increase in operating income in fiscal 2007 compared to fiscal 2006 was primarily the result of strong sales and improved margins at the Company’s domestic fire apparatus business as a result of ongoing cost reduction initiatives and a decrease in operating losses at the Company’s ambulance business.
        Commercial segment operating income decreased 12.9% to $57.7 million, or 4.6% of sales, in fiscal 2007 compared to operating income of $66.2 million, or 5.6% of sales, in fiscal 2006. The acquisition of IMT added $11.2 million of operating income in fiscal 2006. Operating income for the other businesses in the segment fell 30.6% in fiscal 2007 compared to fiscal 2006 due to a $19.3 million operating loss sustained at the Company’s European refuse collection vehicle operations versus operating income of $2.9 million in fiscal 2006. The operating loss at the Company’s European refuse collection vehicle operations in fiscal 2007 resulted primarily from lower unit volumes, increased warranty provisions and charges totaling $9.7 million in connection with a reduction in its European refuse collection vehicle business salaried and hourly workforce, the closure of an underutilized facility and other adjustments related to the plan to turn around this business.
-30-

        Corporate operating expenses and inter-segment profit eliminations increased $15.8 million to $88.3 million, or 1.4% of sales, in fiscal 2007 compared to fiscal 2006 due to higher personnel costs, higher professional services fees and increased travel expenses, offset in part by lower acquisition investigation and related costs.
        Consolidated selling, general and administrative expenses increased 81.5% to $512.5 million, or 8.1% of sales, in fiscal 2007 compared to $282.4 million, or 8.2% of sales, in the prior year. Consolidated operating expenses as a percentage of sales have remained relatively flat despite the increased amortization expense related to purchased intangible and tangible assets from the OSV, IMT and JLG acquisitions, due to the leveraging of fixed costs over higher acquisition-related sales.
Fiscal 2006 Compared to Fiscal 2005
        Consolidated operating income increased 22.0% to $325.9 million, or 9.5% of sales, in fiscal 2006 compared to $267.2 million, or 9.0% of sales, in fiscal 2005. The increase in income as a percentage of sales was generally due to the margin improvements within the commercial segment and a disproportionate increase in defense sales, which generally have higher margins than sales in the fire & emergency and commercial segments, offset in part by higher corporate expenses.
        Defense segment operating income increased 15.2% to $242.2 million, or 18.4% of sales, compared to $210.2 million, or 19.8% of sales, in fiscal 2005. The increase in operating income in fiscal 2006 was the result of higher sales of new and remanufactured heavy-payload trucks, offset in part by a decrease in sales of higher margin parts and services. Fiscal 2005 operating income also benefited from cumulative margin adjustments totaling $24.7 million to the MTVR base contract that increased operating income margins for the segment by 2.3%. The MTVR base contract was accounted for under the percentage-of-completion method of accounting and was completed in June 2005.
        Fire & emergency segment operating income increased 13.0% to $90.0 million, or 9.4% of sales, in fiscal 2006 compared to $79.6 million, or 9.5% of sales, in fiscal 2005. Operating income at OSV was break-even for fiscal 2006 due to the impact of purchase accounting adjustments. The increase in operating income in fiscal 2006 compared to fiscal 2005 was primarily due to the higher sales and a lower mix of towing equipment package sales. The decrease in operating income margin as a percent of sales in fiscal 2006 was the result of a write-off of inventory and other charges totaling $4.0 million, or 0.4% of sales, at the Company’s ambulance facility of which approximately $2.5 million arose out of intentional misstatements of accounting records by a former employee.
        Commercial segment operating income increased 177.7% to $66.2 million, or 5.6% of sales, in fiscal 2006 compared to operating income of $23.8 million, or 2.2% of sales, in fiscal 2005. The acquisition of IMT contributed $1.7 million of operating income in fiscal 2006. Operating income for the other businesses in the segment grew 170.8% in fiscal 2006 compared to fiscal 2005 due to higher pricing and much higher body-only unit volume in North America and the achievement of a profit at the Company’s European refuse collection vehicle operations of $2.9 million in fiscal 2006, compared to a loss of $8.6 million in fiscal 2005. The improvement in operating income for the European refuse collection vehicle operations was primarily the result of the restructuring of that business in fiscal 2004 and 2005 to reduce costs.
        Corporate operating expenses and inter-segment profit eliminations increased $26.2 million to $72.6 million, or 2.1% of sales, in fiscal 2006 compared to fiscal 2005 due to increases in personnel costs related to new hires, nonvested stock awards and incentive bonuses, an $8.0 million increase in acquisition investigation and related costs, an additional $6.5 million related to the expensing of stock options due to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) and $3.3 million related to the Company’s new office in China. Favorable settlements of product liability matters aggregating $4.2 million also benefited the prior year results.
        Consolidated selling, general and administrative expenses increased to 8.2% of sales in fiscal 2006 compared to 7.7% of sales in fiscal 2005 as a result of the increase in corporate operating expenses.
Non-Operating Income – Three Years Ended September 30, 2007
Fiscal 2007 Compared to Fiscal 2006
        Interest expense net of interest income increased $193.7 million to $194.5 million in fiscal 2007 compared to fiscal 2006, largely as a result of borrowings incurred in connection with the JLG acquisition.
-31-

        Other miscellaneous loss of $0.1 million in fiscal 2007 relates primarily to net foreign currency transaction losses.
Fiscal 2006 Compared to Fiscal 2005
        Interest expense net of interest income decreased $4.4 million to $0.7 million in fiscal 2006 compared to fiscal 2005. Fiscal 2006 results reflected lower average borrowings outstanding for most of fiscal 2006 until the Company acquired OSV and IMT for cash and incurred debt totaling $272.8 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006.
        Other miscellaneous loss of $0.2 million in fiscal 2006 relates primarily to foreign currency transaction losses.
Provision for Income Taxes – Three Years Ended September 30, 2007
Fiscal 2007 Compared to Fiscal 2006
        The effective income tax rate for fiscal 2007 was 34.2% compared to 37.3% in fiscal 2006. The rate decrease related to the impacts of the JLG acquisition, a favorable tax audit settlement, a favorable European tax ruling and the re-instatement of the federal research and development tax credit.
Fiscal 2006 Compared to Fiscal 2005
        The effective income tax rate for fiscal 2006 was 37.3% compared to 39.3% in fiscal 2005. The decrease related to the impact of a new manufacturing deduction, higher income tax credits and higher earnings in relatively low-tax rate states.
Equity in Earnings of Unconsolidated Affiliates – Three Years Ended September 30, 2007
Fiscal 2007 Compared to Fiscal 2006
        Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates, net of income taxes, of $7.3 million in fiscal 2007 and $2.3 million in fiscal 2006 primarily represent the Company’s equity interest in a lease financing partnership, a commercial entity in Mexico and a joint venture in Europe. The increase in equity in earnings in fiscal 2007 represents improved performance of the commercial entity in Mexico and the addition of the joint venture in Europe, which was acquired as part of the acquisition of JLG.
Fiscal 2006 Compared to Fiscal 2005
        Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates, net of income taxes, of $2.3 million in fiscal 2006 and $2.9 million in fiscal 2005 represented the Company’s equity interest in a lease financing partnership and a commercial entity in Mexico.
Financial Condition
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2007
        During fiscal 2007, cash and cash equivalents increased by $53.2 million to $75.2 million at September 30, 2007. Cash provided from operating activities of $406.0 million and borrowings of $3.1 billion funded the acquisition of JLG, capital expenditures of $102.0 million, repayments of the Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below) of $79.9 million and of long-term debt of $96.8 million, debt issuance costs of $34.9 million, and dividends of $29.6 million. Cash provided from operations during fiscal 2007 increased compared to fiscal 2006 due to an increase in earnings before depreciation and amortization of $154.1 million, offset in part by higher working capital requirements primarily related to the acquisition of JLG. The acquisition of JLG has resulted in increases in trade accounts receivable, inventory, and trade accounts payable as JLG’s cash cycle is longer than the Company’s historical operations. These higher working capital requirements are partially offset by a decrease in inventory of existing businesses resulting from the utilization of the additional inventory purchased in fiscal 2006 in advance of the diesel engine emissions standards changes effective January 2007. The Company’s cash flow from operations has fluctuated, and will likely continue to fluctuate significantly, from quarter to quarter, due to changes in working capital requirements arising principally from seasonal fluctuations in sales, the start-up or conclusion of large defense contracts and the timing of receipt of individually large performance-based payments from the DoD.
        Cash paid for income taxes was $82.3 million in fiscal 2007 compared to $136.0 million in fiscal 2006. Cash paid for income taxes decreased despite higher pre-tax income due to the impact of acquisition-related deductible expenses and increased tax credits and incentives.
-32-

        Working capital of $646.9 million at September 30, 2007 was $525.5 million higher than at September 30, 2006. The increase from September 30, 2006 was due primarily to the acquisition of JLG, which historically has operated with higher working capital than the Company did prior to its acquisition of JLG.
        Total capitalization of $4.5 billion at September 30, 2007 included short-term debt of $0.1 billion, long-term debt (excluding current maturities) of $3.0 billion and shareholders’ equity of $1.4 billion. The Company’s total capitalization at September 30, 2006 was $1.2 billion. Total debt as a percentage of total capitalization at September 30, 2007 was 68.7% compared to 7.8% at September 30, 2006. The increase in total capitalization was due to borrowings incurred to finance the acquisition of JLG.
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2006
        During fiscal 2006, cash and cash equivalents decreased by $105.5 million to $22.0 million at September 30, 2006. Cash provided from operating activities of $177.4 million, net borrowings under the Company’s credit facilities of $64.4 million and proceeds of stock option exercises of $3.5 million were used to acquire OSV and IMT for $272.8 million, fund capital expenditures of $56.0 million and pay dividends of $27.1 million. Cash provided from operations during fiscal 2006 decreased compared to fiscal 2005 due to a decrease in customer advances, largely from the DoD, and an increase in inventories. In fiscal 2006, the Company purchased additional inventory in advance of the diesel engine emissions standards changes effective January 2007. Also, cash provided from operations in fiscal 2005 included $25.3 million in tax benefits related to stock option exercises. In fiscal 2006, certain tax benefits related to stock option exercises is reported as a financing item in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R).
        Cash paid for income taxes was $136.0 million in fiscal 2006 compared to $81.4 million in fiscal 2005. Cash paid for income taxes increased due to the higher level of earnings and lower deductions related to stock options exercises.
        The Company’s debt-to-total capital ratio at September 30, 2006 was 7.8% compared to 2.9% at September 30, 2005.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
        The Company had cash and cash equivalents of $75.2 million and $525.4 million of unused availability under the terms of its Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below) as of September 30, 2007. The Company’s primary cash requirements include working capital, capital expenditures, dividends, and interest and principal payments on indebtedness.
        On December 6, 2006, to finance the acquisition of JLG and to refinance a previous credit facility, the Company entered into a syndicated senior secured credit agreement (“Credit Agreement”) with various financial institutions. The Credit Agreement consists of a five-year $550.0 million revolving credit facility (“Revolving Credit Facility”) and two term loan facilities (“Term Loan A” and “Term Loan B,” and collectively, the “Term Loan Facility”). The $500 million Term Loan A requires principal payments of $12.5 million, plus interest, due quarterly through September 2011, with a final principal payment of $262.5 million due December 6, 2011. The $2.6 billion Term Loan B requires principal payments of $6.5 million, plus interest, due quarterly through September 2013, with a final principal payment of $2,424.5 million due December 6, 2013. As a result of excess available cash at September 30, 2007, the Company prepaid its quarterly principal payments which were originally due in December 2007 and March 2008.
        The Company’s obligations under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by certain of its domestic subsidiaries, and the Company guarantees the obligations of certain of its subsidiaries under the Credit Agreement to the extent such subsidiaries borrow directly under the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement is also secured by a first-priority, perfected lien and security interests in all of the equity interests of the Company’s material domestic subsidiaries and certain of the Company’s other subsidiaries and 65% of the equity interests of each material foreign subsidiary of the Company and certain other subsidiaries of the Company; and, subject to certain customary, permitted lien exceptions, substantially all other personal property of the Company and certain subsidiaries; and all proceeds thereof.
        The Credit Agreement contains various restrictions and covenants, including (1) requirements that the Company maintain certain financial ratios at prescribed levels; and (2) restrictions on the ability of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries to consolidate or merge, create liens, incur additional indebtedness and dispose of assets. The Credit Agreement also requires maintenance on a rolling four quarter basis of a maximum leverage ratio (as defined) of 5.25x for the fiscal quarter ending on September 30, 2007, reducing to 4.75x for the fiscal quarters ending on December 31, 2007 through September 30, 2008, 4.25x for the fiscal quarters ending on December 31, 2008 through September 30, 2009 and 3.75x for fiscal quarters ending thereafter, and a minimum interest coverage ratio (as defined) of 2.50x, in each case tested as of the last day of each fiscal quarter. The Company was in compliance with these covenants at September 30, 2007.
-33-

        The Credit Agreement limits the amount of dividends and other types of distributions that the Company may pay to $40.0 million during any fiscal year plus the positive result of (x) 25% of the cumulative net income of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for all fiscal quarters ending after December 6, 2006, minus (y) the cumulative amount of all dividends and other types of distributions made in any fiscal year ending after December 6, 2006 that exceed $40.0 million.
        Interest rates on borrowings under the Revolving Credit and Term Loan Facilities are variable and are equal to the “Base Rate” (which is equal to the higher of a bank’s reference rate and the federal funds rate plus 0.5% or a bank’s “Prime Rate”) or the “Off-Shore” or “LIBOR Rate” (which is a bank’s inter-bank offered rate for U.S. dollars in off-shore markets) plus a specified margin. The margins are subject to adjustment, up or down, based on whether certain financial criteria are met. During the second quarter of fiscal 2007, the Company amended its Credit Agreement to reduce the interest rate spread on the Term Loan B by 25 basis points over the term of the loan. The weighted average interest rate on borrowings outstanding under the Credit Agreement was 7.41% at September 30, 2007.
        To manage interest rate risk, the Company entered into an amortizing interest rate swap agreement on January 11, 2007, which effectively fixed the interest payment of a portion of certain floating-rate debt instruments. The swap, which has a termination date of December 6, 2011, effectively fixed the LIBOR-based interest rate on the debt in the amount of the notional amount of the swap at 5.105% plus the applicable spread based on the terms of the Credit Agreement. The initial notional amount of the swap was $2.5 billion and is reduced in varying amounts annually each December until the termination date. Under the terms of the swap agreement, the notional amount of the swap will decline to $2.0 billion in December 2007. Neither the Company nor the counterparty, which is a prominent financial institution, are required to collateralize their respective obligations under these swaps. The Company is exposed to loss if the counterparty defaults.
        The Company has observed an increase in requests for longer payment terms in the access equipment segment as a result of competitive factors in that market. To the extent these requests are granted, this will adversely impact liquidity; however, based upon current and anticipated future operations, the Company believes that capital resources will be adequate to meet working capital, debt service and other capital requirements for fiscal 2008.
Contractual Obligations, Commercial Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
        Following is a summary of the Company’s contractual obligations and payments due by period following September 30, 2007 (in millions):

	Payments Due by Period
	
Contractual Obligations	Total
	Less Than
1 Year
	1-3 Years
	3-5 Years
	More Than
5 Years

Long-term debt	 	 	$	4,287.2	 	$	293.1	 	$	577.5	 	$	754.0	 	$	2,662.6	 	

Leases:	 	 		
   Capital	 	 	 	4.3	 	 	0.7	 	 	1.4	 	 	1.1	 	 	1.1	 	
   Operating	 	 	 	93.7	 	 	26.8	 	 	34.5	 	 	17.4	 	 	15.0	 	
Purchase obligations (1)	 	 	 	665.5	 	 	659.5	 	 	6.0	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	
Limited recourse debt (2)	 	 	 	11.1	 	 	7.3	 	 	3.8	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	

Other long-term liabilities:	 	 		
   Fair value of derivatives	 	 	 	21.4	 	 	7.1	 	 	14.3	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	
   Other	 	 	 	3.3	 	 	0.5	 	 	0.9	 	 	0.9	 	 	1.0	 	
											
 	 	 	 	24.7	 	 	7.6	 	 	15.2	 	 	0.9	 	 	1.0	 	

Total contractual obligations	 	 	$	5,086.5	 	$	995.0	 	$	638.4	 	$	773.4	 	$	2,679.7	 	

 	(1)	The Company utilizes blanket purchase orders to communicate expected annual requirements to many of its suppliers or contractors. Requirements under blanket purchase orders generally do not become “firm” until four weeks prior to the Company’s scheduled unit production. The purchase obligations amount included above represents the value of commitments considered firm, plus the value of all outstanding subcontracts.	

-34-

 	(2)	Limited recourse debt is the result of the sale of finance receivables through limited recourse monetization transactions.	

        The Company incurs contingent limited recourse liabilities with respect to customer financing activities in the access equipment segment. For additional information relative to guarantees, see Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
        The following is a summary of the Company’s commercial commitments (in millions):

	Amount of Commitment Expiration Per Period
	
Commercial Commitments	Total
	Less Than
1 Year
	1-3 Years
	3-5 Years
	More Than
5 Years

Customer lease guarantees to third parties	 	 	$	204.8	 	$	55.4	 	$	55.3	 	$	82.3	 	$	11.8	 	
Standby letters of credit	 	 	 	24.6	 	 	19.7	 	 	4.9	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	
Corporate guarantees	 	 	 	12.4	 	 	11.6	 	 	--	 	 	0.8	 	 	--	 	
											
Total commercial commitments	 	 	$	241.8	 	$	86.7	 	$	60.2	 	$	83.1	 	$	11.8	 	
											
Certain Assumptions
        The expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, in particular those with respect to projected sales, costs, earnings, capital expenditures, debt levels and cash flows, are based in part on certain assumptions made by the Company, some of which are referred to in, or as part of, the forward-looking statements. These assumptions include, without limitation, those relating to the Company’s ability to integrate the acquired JLG business; the Company’s ability to turn around the Geesink business sufficiently to support its current valuation resulting in no impairment charges; the Company’s estimates for the level of concrete placement activity, housing starts, non-residential construction spending and mortgage rates; the performance of the U.S. and European economies generally; the Company’s expectations as to timing of receipt of sales orders and payments and execution and funding of defense contracts; the Company’s ability to achieve cost reductions and operating efficiencies, in particular at JLG, McNeilus, Geesink and Medtec; the availability of defense truck carcasses for remanufacturing; the anticipated level of production and margins associated with the FHTV contract, the Indefinite Demand/Indefinite Quantity truck remanufacturing contract, the Medium Tactical Vehicle Replacement follow-on contract, the Logistics Vehicle System Replacement contract and international defense truck contracts; the Company’s ability to produce defense trucks at increased levels in fiscal 2008; the Company’s estimates for capital expenditures of rental and construction companies for JLG’s products, of municipalities for fire & emergency and refuse collection vehicles, of airports for aircraft rescue and snow removal products and of large commercial waste haulers generally and with the Company; federal funding levels for U.S. Department of Homeland Security and spending by governmental entities on homeland security apparatus; the Company’s estimates of the impact of changing fuel prices and credit availability on capital spending of towing operators; the Company’s planned spending on product development and bid and proposal activities with respect to defense truck procurement competitions and the outcome of such competitions; the expected level of commercial “package” body and purchased chassis sales compared to “body only” sales; anticipated levels of capital expenditures by the Company; the Company’s estimates for costs relating to litigation, product warranty, product liability, insurance, stock options, performance share awards, bad debts, personnel and raw materials; the Company’s estimates for debt levels, interest rates, foreign exchange rates, working capital needs and effective tax rates; and that the Company does not complete any acquisitions in the short term. The Company cannot provide any assurance that the assumptions referred to in the forward-looking statements or otherwise are accurate or will prove to have been correct. Any assumptions that are inaccurate or do not prove to be correct could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to achieve the results that the forward-looking statements contemplate.
Fiscal 2008 Outlook
        The Company estimates that fiscal 2008 consolidated net sales will range between $7.1 billion and $7.3 billion, an increase from fiscal 2007 net sales of 12.6% to 15.7%. All comparisons are to the Company’s fiscal 2007 results and assume no new acquisitions.
        The Company expects access equipment segment sales in fiscal 2008 will increase about 20.0%. The increase in sales reflects an additional two months of sales as JLG’s results were only included in the Company’s consolidated results since the date of acquisition, strong sales in Europe and other international markets, offset in part by lower sales in North America due to continued weakness in the residential construction market and an expected mid-economic cycle slow-down in non-residential spending.
-35-

        Based on additional funding provided for the Company’s truck programs in recently enacted federal spending bills intended to fund Operation Iraqi Freedom, the Company is projecting defense segment sales to grow 20.0% to 25.0% in fiscal 2008, including an increase in defense parts and service sales due to higher estimated armor kit sales. The projected increase in defense sales in fiscal 2008 does not include any sales from potential mine resistant ambush protected vehicle contract awards.
        The Company expects fire & emergency segment sales percentage growth to be 5.0% to 10.0% in fiscal 2008, as a result of organic growth. The growth reflects a pause in demand following the diesel engine emissions standards changes effective January 2007 as well as anticipated price increases and some market share gains.
        The Company estimates the commercial segment sales to decrease slightly in fiscal 2008, due to weak demand following the diesel engine emissions standards changes effective January 2007 and continued weak residential construction. The Company expects demand will not return until very late in the fiscal year, if at all. The Company expects that European refuse collection vehicle product sales will be up slightly in fiscal 2008 due to better chassis availability in France and higher demand in the United Kingdom.
        The Company is projecting consolidated operating income of between $690.0 million and $715.0 million in fiscal 2008.
        The Company is projecting access equipment margins to be up 150 to 200 basis points in fiscal 2008, reflecting the benefits of additional volume, favorable foreign currency, benefits of cost reduction initiatives and the elimination of certain non-recurring purchase accounting charges. Defense segment operating income margins are projected to decrease 200 to 250 basis points in fiscal 2008, reflecting lower margins on the renewal of the FHTV contract. Fire & emergency segment margins are projected to be up 50 to 100 basis points in fiscal 2008, reflecting the benefits of price increases and cost reduction initiatives. Commercial segment operating income margins are projected to be down slightly in fiscal 2008 as a result of anticipated restructuring charges at the Company’s European refuse collection vehicle business and lower domestic sales.
        The Company estimates that corporate operating expenses and inter-segment profit eliminations will increase approximately $30.0 million in fiscal 2008. The increase reflects additional estimated expense associated with stock-based compensation awards, the costs of several large information technology projects and the investment in additional staff. The Company estimates that net interest and other expenses will increase to $215.0 to $225.0 million in fiscal 2008 largely due to the inclusion of interest on the JLG acquisition debt for an entire year.
        The Company estimates that in fiscal 2008 its effective income tax rate will decline to approximately 34.0% as a result of the continued phase-in of the domestic manufacturing deduction, a favorable tax ruling in Europe and increased earnings in lower tax rate countries. The Company estimates that equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates will approximate $3.5 to $4.0 million.
        During fiscal 2008, the Company expects to reduce its outstanding debt by approximately $300 to $400 million, resulting in debt of $2.65 to $2.75 billion at September 30, 2008. The Company anticipates capital spending to approximate $110 million in fiscal 2008.
        These estimates result in the Company’s estimates of fiscal 2008 net income between $317.5 million and $333.0 million and earnings per share between $4.15 and $4.35. The Company expects its earnings per share to be down in the first quarter of fiscal 2008 to $0.35 to $0.40 per share compared to $0.55 per share in the first quarter of fiscal 2007 due to a seasonally weak quarter and a difficult comparison to the prior year due to the engine emissions related pre-buy in the first quarter of fiscal 2007.
Critical Accounting Policies
        The Company prepares its consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). Preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect reported amounts and related disclosures. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The Company considers the following policies to be the most critical in understanding the judgments that are involved in the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the uncertainties that could impact the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
-36-

         Revenue Recognition: The Company recognizes revenue on equipment and parts sales when contract terms are met, collectibility is reasonably assured and a product is shipped or risk of ownership has been transferred to and accepted by the customer. Revenue from service agreements is recognized as earned, when services have been rendered.
        The Company records revenues under certain long-term, fixed-price defense contracts using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting, generally using either the cost-to-cost or units accepted method as the measurement basis for effort accomplished. Profits expected to be realized on contracts are based on management estimates of total contract sales value and costs at completion. Estimated amounts for contract changes and claims are included in contract sales only when realization is estimated to be probable. Assumptions used for recording sales and earnings are recognized as a cumulative life-to-date adjustment in the period of change to reflect revisions in contract value and estimated costs. In the period in which it is determined that a loss will be incurred on a contract, the entire amount of the estimated loss is charged to cost of sales.
        The complexity of the estimation process and all issues related to assumptions, risks, and uncertainties inherent with the application of the cost-to-cost method of accounting affect the amounts reported in the Company’s financial statements. A number of internal and external factors affect the cost of sales estimates, including labor rate and efficiency variances, overhead rate estimates, revised estimates of warranty costs, estimated future material prices, and customer specification changes. If business conditions were different, or if the Company had used different assumptions in the application of this and other accounting policies, it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported in the financial statements. Bid and proposal costs are expensed as incurred.
        The Company accounts for certain equipment lease contracts as sales-type leases. The present value of all payments, net of executory costs (such as legal fees), is recorded as revenue, the related cost of the equipment is charged to cost of sales, certain profit is deferred in accordance with lease accounting rules and interest income is recognized over the terms of the leases using the effective interest method.
        The Company enters into rental purchase guarantee agreements with some of its customers. These agreements are normally for a term of no greater than twelve months and provide for rental payments with a guaranteed purchase at the end of the agreement. At the inception of the agreement, the Company records the full amount due under the agreement as revenue and the related cost of the equipment is charged to cost of sales.
        The Company ships equipment on a limited basis to certain customers on consignment, but the Company recognizes the revenues only upon final sale of the equipment by the consignee. At September 30, 2007, the Company had $9.5 million of inventory on consignment.
         Sales Incentives: The terms for sales transactions with some of the Company’s distributors and customers may include specific volume-based incentives, which are calculated and paid or credited on account as a percentage of actual sales. The Company accounts for these incentives as sales discounts at the time of revenue recognition as a direct reduction of sales. The Company reviews its accrual for sales incentives on a quarterly basis and any adjustments are reflected in current earnings.
         Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets: In conformity with U.S. GAAP, goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired. Indicators of potential impairment include situations involving significant adverse changes in business climate, adverse actions by regulators, unanticipated competition, loss of key personnel, changes in technology or markets and operating losses, among others. The Company performs its annual review in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year.
        Recoverability of goodwill is evaluated using a two-step process. The first step involves a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying value. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the process involves a comparison of the implied fair value and carrying value of the goodwill of that reporting unit. If the carrying value of the goodwill of a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. Reporting units are business components at or one level below the operating segment level for which discrete financial information is available.
-37-

        The Company performs impairment reviews for its reporting units using a fair-value method based on management’s judgments and assumptions. The fair value represents the amount at which a reporting unit could be bought or sold in a current transaction between willing parties on an arms-length basis. The estimated fair value is then compared with the carrying amount of the reporting unit, including recorded goodwill. The Company is subject to financial statement risk to the extent that goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets become impaired. Any impairment review is, by its nature, highly judgmental as estimates of future sales, earnings and cash flows are utilized to determine fair values. However, the Company believes that it has conducted thorough and competent valuations of its goodwill and other intangible assets annually, resulting in no impairment of goodwill. See “Critical Accounting Estimates.”
         Guarantees of the Indebtedness of Others: The Company enters into agreements with finance companies whereby its equipment is sold to a finance company, which, in turn, sells or leases the equipment to an end user customer. In some instances, the Company retains an obligation to the finance companies in the event the customer defaults on the financing. In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. (“FIN”) 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others,” the Company recognizes the greater of the fair value of the guarantee or the contingent liability required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies.” Reserves are established related to these guarantees based upon the Company’s understanding of the current financial position of the underlying customers and based on estimates and judgments made from information available at that time. If the Company becomes aware of deterioration in the financial condition of the customer/borrower or of any impairment of the customer/borrower’s ability to make payments, additional allowances are considered. Although the Company may be liable for the entire amount of a customer/borrower’s financial obligation under guarantees, its losses would generally be mitigated by the value of any underlying collateral including financed equipment, the finance company’s inability to provide clear title of foreclosed equipment to the Company and other conditions.
        In addition, prior to the acquisition of JLG by the Company, JLG had monetized a substantial portion of its finance receivables through a series of syndications, limited recourse financings and other monetization transactions. In connection with some of these monetization transactions, JLG has a loss exposure associated with the pledged finance receivables related to possible defaults by the obligors under the terms of the contracts that comprise these finance receivables. Reserves have been established related to these monetization transactions based upon the financial position of these customers and based on estimates and judgments made from available information. If the financial condition of these obligors were to deteriorate resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional accruals would be required.
         Product Liability: Due to the nature of the Company’s products, the Company is subject to product liability claims in the normal course of business. A substantial portion of these claims and lawsuits involve the Company’s access equipment, concrete placement and domestic refuse collection vehicle businesses, while such lawsuits in the Company’s defense and fire & emergency businesses have historically been limited. To the extent permitted under applicable law, the Company maintains insurance to reduce or eliminate risk to the Company. Most insurance coverage includes self-insured retentions that vary by business segment and by year. As of September 30, 2007, the Company is generally self-insured for future claims up to $3.0 million per claim.
        The Company establishes product liability reserves for its self-insured retention portion of any known outstanding matters based on the likelihood of loss and the Company’s ability to reasonably estimate such loss. There is inherent uncertainty as to the eventual resolution of unsettled matters due to the unpredictable nature of litigation. The Company makes estimates based on available information and the Company’s best judgment after consultation with appropriate experts. The Company periodically revises estimates based upon changes to facts or circumstances. The Company also utilizes actuarial methodologies to calculate reserves required for estimated incurred but not reported claims as well as to estimate the effect of the adverse development of claims over time.
         Warranty: Sales of the Company’s products generally carry typical explicit manufacturers’ warranties based on terms that are generally accepted in the Company’s marketplaces. The Company records provisions for estimated warranty and other related costs at the time of sale based on historical warranty loss experience and periodically adjusts these provisions to reflect actual experience. Certain warranty and other related claims involve matters of dispute that ultimately are resolved by negotiation, arbitration or litigation. At times, warranty issues arise that are beyond the scope of the Company’s historical experience. The Company provides for any such warranty issues as they become known and estimable. It is reasonably possible that from time to time additional warranty and other related claims could arise from disputes or other matters beyond the scope of the Company’s historical experience.
-38-

Critical Accounting Estimates
        Management of the Company has discussed the development and selection of the following critical accounting estimates with the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, and the Audit Committee has reviewed the Company’s disclosures relating to such estimates in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
         Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Reserves for Receivables: The Company evaluates the collectibility of receivables based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where the Company is aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations, a specific reserve is recorded against amounts due to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably expected to be collected. Additional reserves are established based upon the Company’s perception of the quality of the current receivables, the current financial position of the Company’s customers, past experience of collectibility and underlying economic conditions. If the financial condition of the Company’s customers were to deteriorate resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional reserves would be required.
        The Company believes that the estimated allowance for doubtful accounts and reserves for receivables comprise a “critical accounting estimate” because changes in the allowance and reserves can materially affect net income and the estimate requires management to predict customers’ liquidity. The estimate of the allowance for doubtful accounts and reserves for receivables related to the Company’s access equipment segment is a critical accounting estimate.
         Warranty : The Company’s products generally carry explicit warranties that extend from six months to five years, based on terms that are generally accepted in the marketplace. Selected components included in the Company’s end products (such as engines, transmissions, tires, etc.) may include manufacturers’ warranties. These manufacturers’ warranties are generally passed on to the end customer of the Company’s products and the customer would generally deal directly with the component manufacturer.
        The Company’s policy is to record a liability for the expected cost of warranty-related claims at the time of the sale. The amount of warranty liability accrued reflects management’s best estimate of the expected future cost of honoring Company obligations under the warranty plans. The Company believes that the warranty accounting estimate is a “critical accounting estimate” because changes in the warranty provision can materially affect net income; the estimate requires management to forecast estimated product usage levels by customers; in the case of new models, components or technology may be different, resulting in higher levels of warranty claims experience than with existing, mature products; and certain warranty and other related claims involve matters of dispute that ultimately are resolved by negotiation, arbitration or litigation. The estimate for warranty obligations is a critical accounting estimate for each of the Company’s operating segments.
        Historically, the cost of fulfilling the Company’s warranty obligations has principally involved replacement parts, labor and sometimes travel for any field retrofit campaigns. Over the past three fiscal years, the Company’s warranty cost as a percentage of sales has ranged from 0.84% of sales to 1.23% of sales. Warranty costs tend to be higher shortly after new product introductions, especially those introductions involving new technologies, when field warranty campaigns may be necessary to correct or retrofit certain items. Accordingly, the Company must make assumptions about the number and cost of anticipated field warranty campaigns. The Company’s estimates are based on historical experience, the extent of pre-production testing, the number of units involved and the extent of new features/components included in new product models.
        Each quarter, the Company reviews actual warranty claims experience to determine if there are any systemic defects that would require a field campaign. Also, based upon historical experience, warranty provision rates on new product introductions are established at higher than standard rates to reflect increased expected warranty costs associated with any new product introduction.
        At times, warranty issues can arise which are beyond the scope of the Company’s historical experience. If the estimate of warranty costs in fiscal 2007 increased or decreased by 50 basis points, the Company’s accrued warranty costs, costs of sales and operating income would each change by $31.5 million or 35.8%, 0.6% and 5.3%, respectively.
         Business Combinations: The allocation of purchase price for business combinations requires management estimates and judgment as to expectations for future cash flows of the acquired business and the allocation of those cash flows to identifiable intangible assets in determining the estimated fair value for purchase price allocation purposes. If the actual results differ from the estimates and judgments used in these estimates, the amounts recorded in the financial statements could result in a possible impairment of the intangible assets and goodwill or require acceleration of the amortization expense of finite-lived intangible assets. To aid in establishing the value of goodwill and other intangible assets at the time of acquisition, the Company typically involves a professional appraisal company.
-39-

         Goodwill: In evaluating the recoverability of goodwill, it is necessary to estimate the fair value of the reporting units. In making this assessment, management utilizes both discounted future cash flows (income approach) and a comparison of multiples based on merger and acquisition transactions of comparable companies (market approach). The Company calculates estimated discounted future cash flows of a reporting unit based on a number of factors including historical operating results, business plans and market conditions. Rates used to discount estimated cash flows are dependent upon interest rates and the cost of capital at a point in time. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and management’s judgment in applying them to the analysis of goodwill impairment. It is possible that assumptions underlying the impairment analysis will change in such a manner that impairment in value may occur in the future.
        As part of its fourth quarter annual assessment of goodwill, the Company performed an extensive review of the goodwill associated with Geesink. Goodwill associated with Geesink, which was recorded in connection with the acquisition of this business in July 2001, totaled €107.6 million as of September 30, 2007 ($153.5 million based on the exchange rate as of September 30, 2007).
        During fiscal 2004 and 2005, Geesink operated at a loss due to the weak European economy, declines in selling prices in its markets, operational inefficiencies and increased material, labor and warranty cost related to the launch of a new Geesink-branded rear loader. Geesink operated at a profit in fiscal 2006, during which time Geesink, seeking a low-cost country to produce products, established a production facility in Eastern Europe. As Geesink started up this operation, existing facilities became underutilized. As a result, Geesink’s excess capacity and overhead has in part, along with soft market demand for its products in the United Kingdom, the lack of available chassis for mounting refuse collection vehicles in France, some market share losses and the charges described below led to operating losses of $19.3 million (€14.4 million) in fiscal 2007. In fiscal 2007, Geesink began an initiative to reduce operating costs, eliminate excess headcount and close an underutilized facility. In connection with these and other initiatives, the Company recorded charges totaling $9.7 million for workforce reductions, a facility closure and other adjustments in fiscal 2007. At the same time, the Company developed a plan to further leverage Geesink’s low-cost country manufacturing capabilities in Eastern Europe by insourcing certain fabrications.
        The Company expects that Geesink will continue to incur operating losses throughout fiscal 2008 due to the costs to implement the actions required to turn around the business, including the proposed rationalization of an additional facility. The Company believes that profitability will improve in fiscal 2009 following the consolidation of facilities, additional cost reduction activities and other planned actions. Based largely on estimated benefits of its facility rationalization initiatives started in fiscal 2007, planned facility rationalization initiatives in fiscal 2008 and the insourcing of fabrications to Geesink’s Eastern European facility, the Company developed long-term projections of estimated cash flows from the Geesink Norba Group to assess the fair value of the business. As a result, the Company determined that the fair value of the Geesink Norba Group exceeded its carrying value at September 30, 2007, and therefore determined that the goodwill recorded in connection with the acquisition of the Geesink Norba Group was not impaired. Although any assessment of goodwill is dependent on projections of future operating results, the Company believes that it conducted a thorough and competent valuation of the Geesink Norba Group at September 30, 2007 in support of its assessment. The Company intends to continue to review the results of its initiatives and to monitor the valuation of its investment in the Geesink Norba Group as appropriate during fiscal 2008.
        To the extent that Geesink is not able to achieve expected progress on its turnaround initiatives in fiscal 2008, the Company could be required to record a goodwill impairment charge. The range of potential charge would be based on a number of factors, including the results of the Company’s cost reduction activities, the timing and results of the insourcing of fabrications to Geesink’s Eastern European facility, Geesink’s operating performance, competition, required future capital expenditures, interest rates and long-term growth assumptions. The Company cannot provide any assurance that future goodwill impairment tests will not result in a charge to future earnings.
         Deferred Income Tax Assets: The Company records deferred income tax assets and liabilities for differences between the book basis and tax basis of the related net assets. The Company records a valuation allowance, when appropriate, to adjust deferred tax asset balances to the amount management expects to realize. Management considers, as applicable, the amount of taxable income available in carryback years, future taxable income and potential tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. The Company will require future taxable income in The Netherlands in order to fully realize the net deferred tax asset in that jurisdiction. At September 30, 2007, a valuation allowance has been established to reserve for the net deferred tax asset related to all tax loss carryforwards in The Netherlands.
-40-

         Benefit Plans: The pension benefit obligation and related pension income are calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 87, “Employer’s Accounting for Pensions”, and are impacted by certain actuarial assumptions, including the discount rate and the expected rate of return on plan assets. These rates are evaluated on an annual basis considering such factors as market interest rates and historical asset performance. Actuarial valuations at September 30, 2007 used a weighted average discount rate of 6.00% and an expected rate of return on plan assets of 8.00%. A 0.5% decrease in the discount rate would increase annual pension expense by approximately $1.8 million. A 0.5% decrease in the expected return on plan assets would increase the Company’s annual pension expense by approximately $0.9 million.
        The Company’s other postretirement benefits obligation and related expense are calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 106, “Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions,” and are impacted by certain actuarial assumptions, including health care trend rates. An increase of one percentage point in health care costs would increase the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation by $3.3 million and would increase the annual service and interest cost by $0.6 million. A corresponding decrease of one percentage point would decrease the accumulated postretirement benefit by $3.0 million and decrease the annual service and interest cost by $0.5 million.
        The Company’s benefit plan assumptions are determined by using a benchmark approach as well as currently available actuarial data.
New Accounting Standards
        Refer to Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the impact of new accounting standards on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Customers and Backlog
        Sales to the U.S. government comprised approximately 23% of the Company’s net sales in fiscal 2007. No other single customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s net sales for this period. A substantial majority of the Company’s net sales are derived from customer orders prior to commencing production.
        The Company’s backlog as of September 30, 2007 increased 66.0% to $3,177.8 million compared to $1,914.3 million at September 30, 2006. The access equipment segment, which the Company acquired after September 30, 2006, contributed backlog of $854.1 million at September 30, 2007. The defense segment backlog increased 82.4% to $1,554.8 million at September 30, 2007 compared to $852.4 million at September 30, 2006 due to the renewal of the FHTV contract and additional contract funding received in the May 2007 federal supplemental spending bill. The defense segment backlog included $53.9 million related to the LVSR contract. Fire & emergency segment backlog decreased 10.2% to $577.5 million at September 30, 2007 compared to $643.0 million at September 30, 2006. Commercial segment backlog decreased 54.3% to $191.4 million at September 30, 2007 compared to $418.9 million at September 30, 2006. Prior year fire & emergency and commercial segment backlogs included orders in advance of diesel engine emissions standards changes effective January 1, 2007. Commercial segment backlogs were also impacted by lower residential construction in fiscal 2007. Unit backlog for refuse collection vehicles was down 68.6% domestically compared to September 30, 2006. Unit backlog for front-discharge and rear-discharge concrete mixers were down 79.0% and 80.3%, respectively, compared to September 30, 2006. Unit backlog for refuse collection vehicles was up 52.4% in Europe as a result of better demand in the United Kingdom and the return of chassis availability in France. Approximately 9.7% of the Company’s September 30, 2007 backlog is not expected to be filled in fiscal 2008.
        Reported backlog excludes purchase options and announced orders for which definitive contracts have not been executed. Additionally, backlog excludes unfunded portions of the FHTV, MTVR, ID/IQ and LVSR contracts. Backlog information and comparisons thereof as of different dates may not be accurate indicators of future sales or the ratio of the Company’s future sales to the DoD versus its sales to other customers.
Financial Market Risk
        The Company is exposed to market risk from changes in foreign exchange rates, interest rates and certain commodity prices. To reduce the risk from changes in foreign exchange and interest rates, the Company selectively uses financial instruments. All hedging transactions are authorized and executed pursuant to clearly defined policies and procedures, which strictly prohibit the use of financial instruments for speculative purposes.
-41-

Interest Rate Risk
        The Company’s earnings exposure related to adverse movements in interest rates is primarily derived from outstanding floating rate debt instruments that are indexed to short-term market interest rates. The Company, as needed, uses interest rate swaps to modify its exposure to interest rate movements. In January 2007, the Company entered into an interest rate swap to reduce the risk of interest rate changes associated with the Company’s variable rate debt issued to finance the acquisition of JLG. The swap effectively fixes the variable portion of the interest rate on debt in the amount of the notional amount of the swap at 5.105% plus the applicable spread based on the terms of the Credit Agreement. The initial notional amount of the swap was $2.5 billion and is reduced in varying amounts annually each December until its termination on December 6, 2011. Under the terms of the swap agreement, the notional amount of the swap will decline to $2.0 billion in December 2007.
        The portion of the Company’s interest expense not effectively fixed in the interest rate swap remains sensitive to changes in the interest rates in the U.S. and off-shore markets. In this regard, changes in U.S. and off-shore interest rates affect interest payable on the Company’s borrowings under its Credit Agreement. A 100 basis point increase or decrease in the average cost of the Company’s variable rate debt, including outstanding swaps, would result in a change in pre-tax interest expense of approximately $5.5 million. These amounts are determined on an annual basis by considering the impact of the hypothetical interest rates on borrowings at September 30, 2007, taking into account the interest rate swap, but do not consider the effects of the reduced level of overall economic activity that could exist in such an environment. Further, in the event of a change of such magnitude, management would likely take actions to mitigate the Company’s exposure to the change. However, due to the uncertainty of the specific actions that would be taken and their possible effects, the foregoing sensitivity analysis assumes no changes in the Company’s financial structure other than as noted.
Commodity Risk
        The Company is a purchaser of certain commodities, including steel, aluminum and composites. In addition, the Company is a purchaser of components and parts containing various commodities, including steel, aluminum, rubber and others which are integrated into the Company’s end products. The Company generally buys these commodities and components based upon market prices that are established with the vendor as part of the purchase process. The Company does not use commodity financial instruments to hedge commodity prices.
        The Company generally obtains firm quotations from its suppliers for a significant portion of its orders under firm-fixed-price contracts in its defense segment. In the Company’s access equipment, fire & emergency and commercial segments, the Company generally attempts to obtain firm pricing from most of its suppliers, consistent with backlog requirements and/or forecasted annual sales. To the extent that commodity prices increase and the Company does not have firm pricing from its suppliers, or its suppliers are not able to honor such prices, then the Company may experience margin declines to the extent it is not able to increase selling prices of its products.
Foreign Currency Risk
        The Company’s operations consist of manufacturing in the United States, Belgium, Canada, The Netherlands, Italy, Sweden, France and Romania and sales and limited vehicle body mounting activities on six continents. International sales were approximately 25% of overall net sales in fiscal 2007, including approximately 9% that involved export sales from the U.S. The majority of export sales in fiscal 2007 were denominated in U.S. dollars. As a result of the manufacture and sale of the Company’s products in foreign markets, the Company’s earnings are affected by fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar, as compared to foreign currencies in which certain of the Company’s transactions in foreign markets are denominated. Through the Company’s foreign currency hedging activities, the Company seeks primarily to minimize the risk that cash flows resulting from the sales of the Company’s products will be affected by changes in exchange rates.
        The Company enters into certain forward foreign currency exchange contracts to mitigate the Company’s foreign exchange risk. These contracts qualify as derivative instruments under SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”; however the Company has not designated all of these instruments as hedge transactions under SFAS No. 133. Accordingly, the mark-to-market impact of these derivatives is recorded each period to current earnings along with the offsetting foreign currency transaction gain/loss recognized on the related balance sheet exposure. At September 30, 2007, the Company was managing $282.5 million (notional) of foreign currency contracts, including $265.8 million (notional) which are not designated as accounting hedges.
-42-

        The following table quantifies outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts intended to hedge non-U.S. dollar denominated cash, receivables and payables and the corresponding impact on the value of these instruments assuming a 10% appreciation/depreciation of the U.S. dollar relative to all other currencies on September 30, 2007 (in millions):

	As of September 30, 2007
	
		Foreign Exchange Gain/(Loss)
From:
	
	Notional
Derivatives
Long/
(Short)
	10%
Appreciation of
U.S. Dollar
	10%
Depreciation of
U.S. Dollar
	
Australian dollars	 	 	$	18.2	 	$	1.8	 	$	(1.8	)	
U.K. pound sterling	 	 	 	42.2	 	 	4.2	 	 	(4.2	)	
Euro	 	 	 	57.7	 	 	5.8	 	 	(5.8	)	
        As previously noted, the Company’s policy prohibits the trading of financial instruments for speculative purposes. It is important to note that gains and losses indicated in the sensitivity analysis would be offset by gains and losses on the underlying receivables and payables.

ITEM 7A.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	

        The information under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Financial Market Risk” contained in Item 7 of this Form 10-K is hereby incorporated by reference in answer to this item.

-43-

ITEM 8.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Oshkosh Truck Corporation
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Oshkosh Truck Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of September 30, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2007. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Table of Contents at Item 15. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Oshkosh Truck Corporation and subsidiaries as of September 30, 2007 and 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2007, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
As described in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, Employer’s Accounting for Defined Benefit Plans , on September 30, 2007, and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-based Payment , on October 1, 2005.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2007, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated November 21, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
/S/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
November 21, 2007

-44-

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Oshkosh Truck Corporation
We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting , that Oshkosh Truck Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, management’s assessment that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2007, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2007, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended September 30, 2007 of the Company and our report dated November 21, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedule and included an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s adoption of a new accounting standard.
/S/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
November 21, 2007

-45-

OSHKOSH TRUCK CORPORATION
Consolidated Statements of Income
(In millions, except per share amounts)

	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	
	2007
	2006
	2005

Net sales	 	 	$	6,307.3	 	$	3,427.4	 	$	2,959.9	 	
Cost of sales	 	 	 	5,204.5	 	 	2,819.1	 	 	2,465.1	 	
							
   Gross income	 	 	 	1,102.8	 	 	608.3	 	 	494.8	 	

Operating expenses:	 	 		
   Selling, general and administrative	 	 	 	446.6	 	 	274.0	 	 	219.9	 	
   Amortization of purchased intangibles	 	 	 	65.9	 	 	8.4	 	 	7.7	 	
							
      Total operating expenses	 	 	 	512.5	 	 	282.4	 	 	227.6	 	

Operating income	 	 	 	590.3	 	 	325.9	 	 	267.2	 	

Other income (expense):	 	 		
   Interest expense	 	 	 	(200.8	)	 	(7.4	)	 	(8.2	)	
   Interest income	 	 	 	6.3	 	 	6.6	 	 	3.0	 	
   Miscellaneous, net	 	 	 	(0.1	)	 	(0.2	)	 	(1.9	)	
							
 	 	 	 	(194.6	)	 	(1.0	)	 	(7.1	)	

Income before provision for income taxes,	 	 		
   equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates	 	 		
   and minority interest	 	 	 	395.7	 	 	324.9	 	 	260.1	 	
Provision for income taxes	 	 	 	135.2	 	 	121.2	 	 	102.2	 	
							
Income before equity in earnings of unconsolidated	 	 		
   affiliates and minority interest	 	 	 	260.5	 	 	203.7	 	 	157.9	 	

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates, net	 	 		
  of income taxes of $3.1, $1.4 and $1.7	 	 	 	7.3	 	 	2.3	 	 	2.9	 	
Minority interest, net of income taxes of $(0.1), $0.2 and $0.3	 	 	 	0.3	 	 	(0.5	)	 	(0.6	)	
							
Net income	 	 	$	268.1	 	$	205.5	 	$	160.2	 	

Earnings per share:	 	 		
   Basic	 	 	$	3.64	 	$	2.81	 	$	2.22	 	
   Diluted	 	 	 	3.58	 	 	2.76	 	 	2.18	 	
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

-46-

OSHKOSH TRUCK CORPORATION
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

	September 30,	
	2007
	2006
	
Assets	 	 	 		 	 		 	
Current assets:	 	 		
   Cash and cash equivalents	 	 	$	75.2	 	$	22.0	 	
   Receivables, net	 	 	 	1,076.2	 	 	317.9	 	
   Inventories, net	 	 	 	909.5	 	 	589.8	 	
   Deferred income taxes	 	 	 	77.5	 	 	53.2	 	
   Other current assets	 	 	 	56.5	 	 	20.5	 	
					
      Total current assets	 	 	 	2,194.9	 	 	1,003.4	 	
Investment in unconsolidated affiliates	 	 	 	35.1	 	 	19.3	 	
Property, plant and equipment, net	 	 	 	429.6	 	 	231.9	 	
Goodwill, net	 	 	 	2,435.4	 	 	558.7	 	
Purchased intangible assets, net	 	 	 	1,162.1	 	 	219.2	 	
Other long-term assets	 	 	 	142.7	 	 	78.4	 	
					
Total assets	 	 	$	6,399.8	 	$	2,110.9	 	

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity	 	 		
Current liabilities:	 	 		
   Revolving credit facility and current maturities of long-term debt	 	 	$	81.5	 	$	87.5	 	
   Accounts payable	 	 	 	628.1	 	 	236.5	 	
   Customer advances	 	 	 	338.0	 	 	266.7	 	
   Payroll-related obligations	 	 	 	105.0	 	 	59.4	 	
   Income taxes payable	 	 	 	64.0	 	 	12.8	 	
   Accrued warranty	 	 	 	88.2	 	 	56.9	 	
   Deferred revenue	 	 	 	30.7	 	 	35.4	 	
   Other current liabilities	 	 	 	212.5	 	 	126.8	 	
					
      Total current liabilities	 	 	 	1,548.0	 	 	882.0	 	
Long-term debt	 	 	 	2,975.6	 	 	2.2	 	
Deferred income taxes	 	 	 	340.1	 	 	100.0	 	
Other long-term liabilities	 	 	 	138.7	 	 	61.0	 	
Commitments and contingencies	 	 		
Minority interest	 	 	 	3.8	 	 	3.8	 	
Shareholders’ equity:	 	 		
   Preferred stock ($.01 par value; 2,000,000 shares authorized;	 	 		
        none issued and outstanding)	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	
   Common Stock ($.01 par value; 300,000,000 shares authorized;	 	 		
       74,235,751 and 73,771,802 issued, respectively)	 	 	 	0.7	 	 	0.7	 	
   Additional paid-in capital	 	 	 	229.2	 	 	205.2	 	
   Retained earnings	 	 	 	1,036.3	 	 	797.8	 	
   Accumulated other comprehensive income	 	 	 	129.0	 	 	59.2	 	
   Common Stock in treasury, at cost (28,073 and 20,551 shares, respectively)	 	 	 	(1.6	)	 	(1.0	)	
					
       Total shareholders’ equity	 	 	 	1,393.6	 	 	1,061.9	 	
					
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	 	 	$	6,399.8	 	$	2,110.9	 	
					
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
-47-

OSHKOSH TRUCK CORPORATION
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity
(In millions, except per share amounts)

	Common
Stock
	Additional
Paid-In
Capital
	Retained
Earnings
	Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
	Unearned
Compensation
on Restricted
Stock
	Common
Stock in
Treasury
at Cost
	Comprehensive
Income
	
Balance at September 30, 2004	 	 	$	0.7	 	$	142.1	 	$	472.0	 	$	29.2	 	$	(6.1	)	$	(1.8	)	 		 	
Comprehensive income:	 	 		
     Net income	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	160.2	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	$	160.2	 	
     Change in fair value of derivative instruments,	 	 		
        net of tax of $1.9	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	(2.7	)	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	(2.7	)	
     Losses reclassified into earnings from other	 	 		
        comprehensive income, net of tax of $2.8	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	4.7	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	4.7	 	
     Minimum pension liability adjustment,	 	 		
        net of tax of $9.8	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	(15.6	)	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	(15.6	)	
     Currency translation adjustments	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	(3.0	)	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	(3.0	)	
															
        Total comprehensive income	 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	$	143.6	 	
															
Cash dividends:	 	 		
     Class A Common Stock ($0.0375 per share)	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	(0.1	)	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 		 	
     Common Stock ($0.1775 per share)	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	(12.8	)	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 		 	
Repurchase of Common Stock	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	(0.6	)	 		 	
Issuance of nonvested shares	 	 	 	--	 	 	2.4	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	(3.0	)	 	0.6	 	 		 	
Amortization of unearned compensation	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	3.0	 	 	--	 	 		 	
Exercise of stock options	 	 	 	--	 	 	22.4	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	1.8	 	 		 	
Tax benefit related to stock options exercised	 	 	 	--	 	 	25.3	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 		 	
															
Balance at September 30, 2005	 	 	 	0.7	 	 	192.2	 	 	619.3	 	 	12.6	 	 	(6.1	)	 	--	 	 		 	
Comprehensive income:	 	 		
     Net income	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	205.5	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	$	205.5	 	
     Change in fair value of derivative instruments,	 	 		
        net of tax of $1.2	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	(2.1	)	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	(2.1	)	
     Losses reclassified into earnings from other	 	 		
        comprehensive income, net of tax of $5.2	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	8.8	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	8.8	 	
     Minimum pension liability adjustment,	 	 		
        net of tax of $18.1	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	28.7	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	28.7	 	
     Currency translation adjustments	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	11.2	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	11.2	 	
															
        Total comprehensive income	 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	$	252.1	 	
															
Cash dividends ($0.3675 per share)	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	(27.0	)	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 		 	
Exercise of stock options	 	 	 	--	 	 	3.4	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 		 	
Tax benefit related to stock-based compensation	 	 	 	--	 	 	4.6	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 		 	
Repurchase of Common Stock	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	(1.0	)	 		 	
Stock-based compensation and award of	 	 		
   nonvested shares	 	 	 	--	 	 	11.1	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 		 	
Reclassification of unearned compensation to	 	 		
   additional paid-in capital upon the adoption of	 	 		
   Financial Accounting Standards	 	 		
   No. 123(R) - See Note 2	 	 	 	--	 	 	(6.1	)	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	6.1	 	 	--	 	 		 	
															
Balance at September 30, 2006	 	 	 	0.7	 	 	205.2	 	 	797.8	 	 	59.2	 	 	--	 	 	(1.0	)	 		 	
Comprehensive income:	 	 		
     Net income	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	268.1	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	$	268.1	 	
     Change in fair value of derivative instruments,	 	 		
        net of tax of $7.0	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	(12.0	)	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	(12.0	)	
     Losses reclassified into earnings from other	 	 		
        comprehensive income, net of tax of $3.3	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	5.7	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	5.7	 	
     Minimum pension liability adjustment,	 	 		
        net of tax of $4.9	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	(7.9	)	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	(7.9	)	
     Currency translation adjustments	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	110.2	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	110.2	 	
															
        Total comprehensive income	 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	$	364.1	 	
															
Cash dividends ($0.4000 per share)	 	 	 	--		 	--		 	(29.6	)	 	--		 	--		 	--		 			
Exercise of stock options	 	 	 	--	 	 	5.5	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	1.0	 	 		 	
Tax benefit related to stock-based compensation	 	 	 	--	 	 	6.8	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 		 	
Repurchase of Common Stock	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	(1.6	)	 		 	
Stock-based compensation and award of	 	 		
   nonvested shares	 	 	 	--	 	 	11.7	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 		 	
Adjustment to initially adopt Financial Accounting	 	 		
   Standards No. 158 - See Note 2	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	(26.2	)	 	--	 	 	--	 	 		 	
															
Balance at September 30, 2007	 	 	$	0.7	 	$	229.2	 	$	1,036.3	 	$	129.0	 	$	--	 	$	(1.6	)	 		 	
															
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
-48-

OSHKOSH TRUCK CORPORATION
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In millions)

	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	
	2007
	2006
	2005
	
Operating activities:	 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	
Net income	 	 	$	268.1	 	$	205.5	 	$	160.2	 	
Depreciation and amortization	 	 	 	129.0	 	 	37.5	 	 	31.7	 	
Stock-based compensation expense	 	 	 	11.7	 	 	11.1	 	 	3.0	 	
Deferred income taxes	 	 	 	13.6	 	 	(19.6	)	 	4.0	 	
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates	 	 	 	(6.7	)	 	(0.6	)	 	(4.6	)	
Minority interest	 	 	 	(0.4	)	 	0.7	 	 	0.6	 	
(Gain) loss on sales of assets	 	 	 	(1.4	)	 	0.1	 	 	0.3	 	
Foreign currency transaction (gains) losses	 	 	 	(9.4	)	 	(0.8	)	 	1.6	 	
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:	 	 		
    Receivables, net	 	 	 	(408.9	)	 	(8.8	)	 	(20.7	)	
    Inventories, net	 	 	 	116.0	 	 	(48.9	)	 	(110.9	)	
    Other current assets	 	 	 	42.9	 	 	--	 	 	0.5	 	
    Other long-term assets	 	 	 	15.8	 	 	(15.5	)	 	(25.8	)	
    Accounts payable	 	 	 	137.8	 	 	(8.3	)	 	21.8	 	
    Customer advances	 	 	 	70.5	 	 	(44.4	)	 	92.3	 	
    Payroll-related obligations	 	 	 	11.4	 	 	6.8	 	 	2.7	 	
    Income taxes	 	 	 	34.7	 	 	1.6	 	 	19.2	 	
    Accrued warranty	 	 	 	10.2	 	 	12.9	 	 	3.6	 	
    Deferred revenue	 	 	 	(3.3	)	 	6.7	 	 	25.4	 	
    Other current liabilities	 	 	 	13.3	 	 	5.9	 	 	(4.7	)	
    Other long-term liabilities	 	 	 	(38.9	)	 	35.5	 	 	12.1	 	
							
       Net cash provided by operating activities	 	 	 	406.0	 	 	177.4	 	 	212.3	 	

  Investing activities:	 	 		
 Acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired	 	 	 	(3,140.5	)	 	(272.8	)	 	(31.3	)	
 Additions to property, plant and equipment	 	 	 	(83.0	)	 	(56.0	)	 	(43.2	)	
 Additions to equipment held for rental	 	 	 	(19.0	)	 	--	 	 	--	 	
 Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment	 	 	 	3.4	 	 	0.8	 	 	0.2	 	
 Proceeds from sale of equipment held for rental	 	 	 	11.2	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	
 Distribution of capital from unconsolidated affiliates	 	 	 	0.7	 	 	1.6	 	 	--	 	
 Decrease (increase) in other long-term assets	 	 	 	0.6	 	 	(0.9	)	 	5.8	 	
							
    Net cash used by investing activities	 	 	 	(3,226.6	)	 	(327.3	)	 	(68.5	)	

  Financing activities:	 	 		
 Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt	 	 	 	3,100.0	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	
 Debt issuance costs	 	 	 	(34.9	)	 	--	 	 	--	 	
 Repayment of long-term debt	 	 	 	(96.8	)	 	(0.6	)	 	(0.7	)	
 Net (repayments) borrowings under revolving credit facility	 	 	 	(79.9	)	 	64.4	 	 	(51.6	)	
 Proceeds from exercise of stock options	 	 	 	6.5	 	 	3.4	 	 	24.2	 	
 Purchase of Common Stock	 	 	 	(1.6	)	 	(1.0	)	 	(0.6	)	
 Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation	 	 	 	6.0	 	 	4.1	 	 	--	 	
 Dividends paid	 	 	 	(29.6	)	 	(27.1	)	 	(16.0	)	
							
    Net cash provided (used) by financing activities	 	 	 	2,869.7	 	 	43.2	 	 	(44.7	)	

 Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	 	 	 	4.1	 	 	1.2	 	 	(1.7	)	
							
 Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	 	 	 	53.2	 	 	(105.5	)	 	97.4	 	
 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	 	 	 	22.0	 	 	127.5	 	 	30.1	 	
							
 Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	 	 	$	75.2	 	$	22.0	 	$	127.5	 	

  Supplemental disclosures:	 	 		
    Cash paid for interest	 	 	$	179.4	 	$	6.9	 	$	7.4	 	
    Cash paid for income taxes	 	 	 	82.3	 	 	136.0	 	 	81.4	 	
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
-49-

OSHKOSH TRUCK CORPORATION
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1.	Nature of Operations	

        Oshkosh Truck Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”), are leading manufacturers of a wide variety of specialty vehicles and vehicle bodies predominately for the North American and European markets. “Oshkosh” refers to Oshkosh Truck Corporation, not including its subsidiaries. The Company sells its products into four principal vehicle markets – access equipment, defense, fire & emergency and commercial. The access equipment business is conducted through its wholly-owned subsidiary, JLG Industries, Inc. (“JLG”). JLG holds, along with an unaffiliated third party, a 50% interest in a joint venture in The Netherlands, RiRent Europe, B.V. (“RiRent”). The defense business is conducted through the operations of Oshkosh. The Company’s fire & emergency business is principally conducted through its wholly-owned subsidiaries Pierce Manufacturing Inc. (“Pierce”), the airport products division of Oshkosh, JerrDan Corporation (“JerrDan”), Kewaunee Fabrications, LLC (“Kewaunee”), Medtec Ambulance Corporation (“Medtec”), OSV Specialty Vehicles, LLC, Aluminum Body Corporation and Prime Medical Manufacturing, LLC and their wholly-owned subsidiaries (together “OSV”) and the Company’s 75%-owned subsidiary BAI Brescia Antincendi International S.r.l. and its wholly-owned subsidiary (“BAI”). The Company’s commercial business is principally conducted through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, McNeilus Companies, Inc. (“McNeilus”), Concrete Equipment Company, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary (“CON-E-CO”), London Machinery Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary (“London”), Geesink Group B.V., Norba A.B. and Geesink Norba Limited and their wholly-owned subsidiaries (together, the “Geesink Norba Group”), Iowa Mold Tooling Co, Inc. (“IMT”) and the commercial division of Oshkosh. McNeilus is one of two general partners in Oshkosh/McNeilus Financial Services Partnership (“OMFSP”), which provides lease financing to the Company’s commercial customers. McNeilus owns a 49% interest in Mezcladores Trailers de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. (“Mezcladores”), which manufactures and markets concrete mixers, concrete batch plants and refuse collection vehicles in Mexico.

2.	Summary of Significant Accounting Policies	

         Principles of Consolidation and Presentation – The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Oshkosh and all of its majority-owned or controlled subsidiaries and are prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The 25% historical book value of BAI at date of acquisition and 25% of subsequent operating results related to that portion of BAI not owned by the Company have been reflected as minority interest on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of income, respectively. The Company accounts for its 50% voting interest in OMFSP and RiRent and its 49% interest in Mezcladores under the equity method. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
         Use of Estimates – The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
         Fair Value of Financial Instruments – Based on Company estimates, the carrying amounts of cash equivalents, receivables, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and variable-rate debt approximated fair value as of September 30, 2007 and 2006.
         Cash and Cash Equivalents – The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents at September 30, 2007 consisted principally of money market instruments.
         Receivables – Receivables consist of amounts billed and currently due from customers and unbilled costs and accrued profits related to revenues on long-term contracts that have been recognized for accounting purposes but not yet billed to customers. The Company extends credit to customers in the normal course of business and maintains an allowance for estimated losses resulting from the inability or unwillingness of customers to make required payments. The accrual for estimated losses is based on its historical experience, existing economic conditions and any specific customer collection issues the Company has identified.
-50-

         Inventories – Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost has been determined using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method for approximately 72.5% of the Company’s inventories at September 30, 2007 and 75.5% at September 30, 2006. For the remaining inventories, cost has been determined using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. If the FIFO inventory valuation method had been used exclusively, inventories would have increased by $46.4 million and $35.8 million at September 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
         Property, Plant and Equipment – Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is provided over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets using accelerated and straight-line methods. The estimated useful lives range from 10 to 50 years for buildings and improvements, from 4 to 25 years for machinery and equipment and from 3 to 10 years for capitalized software and related costs. The Company capitalizes interest on borrowings during the active construction period of major capital projects. Capitalized interest is immaterial for all periods presented. All capitalized interest has been added to the cost of the underlying assets and is amortized over the useful lives of the assets.
         Goodwill – Goodwill reflects the cost of an acquisition in excess of the fair values assigned to identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized; however, it is assessed for impairment at least annually and as triggering events or “indicators of potential impairment” occur. The Company performs its annual impairment test in the fourth quarter of its fiscal year. Indicators of potential impairment include situations involving significant adverse changes in business climate, adverse actions by regulators, unanticipated competition, loss of key personnel, changes in technology or markets and operating losses, among others. Recoverability of goodwill is evaluated using a two-step process. The first step involves a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying value. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the process is performed, which involves a comparison of the implied fair value and carrying value of the goodwill of that reporting unit. If the carrying value of the goodwill of a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. Reporting units are business components at or one level below the operating segment level for which discrete financial information is available.
        In evaluating the recoverability of goodwill, it is necessary to estimate the fair value of the reporting units. In making this assessment, management discounts estimated cash flows of a reporting unit based on a number of factors, including historical operating results, business plans and market conditions. Rates used to discount cash flows are dependent upon interest rates and the cost of capital at a point in time. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and management’s judgment in applying them to the analysis of goodwill impairment. It is possible that assumptions underlying the impairment analysis will change in such a manner that impairment in value may occur in the future.
         Impairment of Long-Lived Assets – Property, plant and equipment and other purchased intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying value of the related asset or group of assets, a loss is recognized for the difference between the fair value and carrying value of the asset or group of assets. Such analyses necessarily involve significant judgment.
         Floor Plan Notes Payable – Floor plan notes payable represent liabilities related to the purchase of commercial vehicle chassis upon which the Company mounts its manufactured vehicle bodies. Floor plan notes payable are non-interest bearing for terms ranging up to 120 days and must be repaid upon the sale of the vehicle to a customer. The Company’s practice is to repay all floor plan notes for which the non-interest bearing period has expired without sale of the vehicle to a customer.
         Customer Advances – Customer advances include amounts received in advance of the completion of fire & emergency and commercial vehicles. Most of these advances bear interest at variable rates approximating the prime rate. Advances also include any performance-based payments received from the U.S. Department of Defense (“DoD”) in excess of the value of related inventory. Advances from the DoD are non-interest bearing. See discussion on performance-based payments that follows.
         Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R),” which requires the employer to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through other comprehensive income. The requirement to recognize the funded status of a benefit plan and the related disclosure requirements were effective for the Company as of September 30, 2007. See Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the effect of adopting SFAS No. 158 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.
-51-

         Performance-Based Payments – The Company’s contracts with the DoD to deliver heavy-payload vehicles (Family of Heavy Tactical Vehicle or “FHTV”) and medium-payload vehicles (Medium Tactical Vehicle Replacement or “MTVR”), as well as certain other defense-related contracts, include requirements for “performance-based payments.” The performance-based payment provisions in the contracts require the DoD to pay the Company based on the completion of certain pre-determined events in connection with the production under these contracts. Performance-based payments received are first applied to reduce outstanding receivables for units accepted in accordance with contractual terms, with any remaining amount recorded as an offset to inventory to the extent of related inventory on hand. Amounts received in excess of receivables and inventories are included in liabilities as customer advances.
         Revenue Recognition – The Company recognizes revenue on equipment and parts sales when contract terms are met, collectibility is reasonably assured and a product is shipped or risk of ownership has been transferred to and accepted by the customer. Revenue from service agreements is recognized as earned, when services have been rendered. The Company records revenues under long-term, fixed-price defense contracts using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting, generally using either the cost-to-cost or units accepted method as the measurement basis for effort accomplished. The Company includes amounts representing contract change orders, claims or other items in sales only when they can be reliably estimated and realization is probable. Changes in estimates for revenues, costs to complete and profit margins are recognized as a cumulative life-to-date adjustment in the period in which they are reasonably determinable. The Company charges anticipated losses on contracts or programs in progress to earnings when identified. Bid and proposal costs are expensed as incurred.
        In fiscal 2005, following completion of contractually-required performance testing, the Company began initial deliveries of wheeled tanker systems (comprised of a truck chassis and water or fuel tank trailer) under a multi-year requirements contract with the United Kingdom Ministry of Defence (“U.K. MoD”). The contract, valued at 160.5 million U.K. pounds sterling ($250.2 million), called for the delivery of 357 wheeled tanker systems over a 22 month period from February 2005 through January 2007. The contract provided that the Company was paid within 30 days of delivery of the wheeled tanker systems to the U.K. MoD. The U.K. MoD had up to 90 days following system delivery to reject the delivered wheeled tanker systems. Wheeled tanker systems remained in the Company’s inventory and cash received in payment for these systems was recorded as deferred revenue until the earlier of the date that the wheeled tanker system was accepted by the customer or the date the rejection right lapsed (generally 90 days from system delivery) at which time the Company recognized revenue. In fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005 sales under this contract totaled $67.5 million, $126.3 million and $56.4 million, respectively. At September 30, 2006, deferred revenue related to this contract was $29.7 million.
        Sales and anticipated profits under the MTVR long-term fixed-price base production contract were recorded on a percentage-of-completion basis, using units accepted as the measurement basis for effort accomplished. Estimated contract profits were taken into earnings in proportion to recorded sales based on estimated average cost determined using total contract units under order. Margins recorded on the MTVR base contract were subject to change based on a number of factors, including actual cost performance and product warranty experience compared to estimated amounts and changes or contract modifications agreed to by the Company and its customer. In fiscal 2005, the Company increased the margin percentage recognized on the MTVR base contract by 2.5 percentage points to 10.1% as a result of lower material costs, favorable warranty experience and improved overhead absorption. This change in estimate increased fiscal 2005 operating income by $24.7 million, net income by $15.1 million and earnings per share by $0.21, including $23.1 million, $14.2 million and $0.20, respectively, relating to prior year revenues. The initial MTVR production contract was completed in fiscal 2005.
         Net Sales – Sales are recorded net of amounts invoiced for taxes imposed on the customer such as excise or value-added taxes.
         Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs — Revenue received from shipping and handling fees is reflected in net sales. Shipping and handling fee revenue was not significant for all periods presented. Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of sales.
         Research and Development and Similar Costs – Except for customer sponsored research and development costs incurred pursuant to contracts, research and development costs are expensed as incurred and included as part of cost of sales. Research and development costs charged to expense amounted to $75.8 million, $42.1 million and $33.4 million during fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Customer sponsored research and development costs incurred pursuant to contracts are accounted for as contract costs.
-52-

         Warranty – Provisions for estimated warranty and other related costs are recorded in cost of sales at the time of sale and are periodically adjusted to reflect actual experience. The amount of warranty liability accrued reflects management’s best estimate of the expected future cost of honoring Company obligations under the warranty plans. Historically, the cost of fulfilling the Company’s warranty obligations has principally involved replacement parts, labor and sometimes travel for any field retrofit campaigns. The Company’s estimates are based on historical experience, the extent of pre-production testing, the number of units involved and the extent of features/components included in product models. Also, each quarter, the Company reviews actual warranty claims experience to determine if there are systemic defects that would require a field campaign.
         Environmental Remediation Costs – The Company accrues for losses associated with environmental remediation obligations when such losses are probable and reasonably estimable. The liabilities are developed based on currently available information and reflect the participation of other potentially responsible parties, depending on the parties’ financial condition and probable contribution. The accruals are recorded at undiscounted amounts and are reflected as liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Recoveries of environmental remediation costs from other parties are recorded as assets when their receipt is deemed probable. The accruals are adjusted as further information develops or circumstances change.
         Advertising – Advertising costs are included in selling, general and administrative expense and are expensed as incurred. These expenses totaled $16.6 million, $5.0 million and $4.7 million in fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
         Stock-Based Compensation – Prior to October 1, 2005, the Company applied Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related interpretations. See Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the Company’s stock-based incentive plan, options outstanding and options exercisable. No stock-based compensation expense was recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income prior to fiscal 2006 for stock option grants, as the exercise price was equal to the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant. In addition, previously the Company recorded unearned stock-based compensation for nonvested stock awards as “unearned compensation” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity.
        On October 1, 2005, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment,” requiring the Company to recognize expense related to the fair value of the Company’s stock-based compensation awards. The Company elected the modified prospective transition method as permitted by SFAS No. 123(R). Under this transition method, stock-based compensation expense for fiscal 2006 included: (a) compensation expense related to all nonvested stock awards and all stock options granted prior to, but not yet vested as of October 1, 2005, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” and (b) compensation expense for awards granted subsequent to September 30, 2005, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R). In accordance with the modified prospective transition method of SFAS No. 123(R), financial results for prior periods have not been restated.
        In accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), cash flows from income tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for stock-based awards (“excess tax benefits”) have been classified as financing cash flows prospectively from October 1, 2005. Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), such excess income tax benefits were presented as operating cash flows.

-53-

        For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of options is amortized over the option vesting period. The following table illustrates the effect on net income and income per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005 (in millions, except per share amounts):

Net income, as reported	 	 	$	160.2	 	
 Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense	 	 		
    recorded for restricted stock awards, net of related	 	 		
    tax effects	 	 	 	3.0	 	
 Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation	 	 		
    expense determined under fair value based method	 	 		
    for all awards, net of related tax effects	 	 	 	(6.5	)	
			
 	 	 	 	(3.5	)	
			
Pro forma net income	 	 	$	156.7	 	

Earnings per share:	 	 		
   Basic - as reported	 	 	$	2.22	 	
   Basic - pro forma	 	 	 	2.17	 	

   Diluted - as reported	 	 	$	2.18	 	
   Diluted - pro forma	 	 	 	2.13	 	
         Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income – Comprehensive income is a more inclusive financial reporting method that includes disclosure of financial information that historically has not been recognized in the calculation of net income. The Company has chosen to report Comprehensive Income and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) which encompasses net income, cumulative translation adjustments, unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives and minimum pension liability adjustments in the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity. The components of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) are as follows (in millions):

	Cumulative
Translation
Adjustments
	Minimum
Pension
Liability
Adjustments
	Gains (Losses)
on Derivatives
	Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
	
Balance at September 30, 2004	 	 	$	57.7	 	$	(14.1	)	$	(14.4	)	$	29.2	 	
   Fiscal year change	 	 	 	(3.0	)	 	(15.6	)	 	2.0	 	 	(16.6	)	
									
Balance at September 30, 2005	 	 	 	54.7	 	 	(29.7	)	 	(12.4	)	 	12.6	 	
   Fiscal year change	 	 	 	11.2	 	 	28.7	 	 	6.7	 	 	46.6	 	
									
Balance at September 30, 2006	 	 	 	65.9	 	 	(1.0	)	 	(5.7	)	 	59.2	 	
   Fiscal year change	 	 	 	110.2	 	 	(34.1	)	 	(6.3	)	 	69.8	 	
									
Balance at September 30, 2007	 	 	$	176.1	 	$	(35.1	)	$	(12.0	)	$	129.0	 	
									
         Foreign Currency Translation – All balance sheet accounts have been translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Income statement amounts have been translated using the average exchange rate during the period in which the transactions occurred. Resulting translation adjustments are included in “accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).” The Company recorded net foreign currency transaction gains (losses) of $1.7 million, $(0.6) million and $(0.3) million in fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, related to unhedged inter-company transactions.
         Income Taxes – Deferred income taxes are provided to recognize temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the income tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities using currently enacted tax rates and laws. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.
-54-

        Income taxes are provided on financial statement earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries expected to be repatriated. The Company determines annually the amount of undistributed non-U.S. earnings to invest indefinitely in its non-U.S. operations. As a result of anticipated cash requirements in the foreign subsidiaries, the Company currently believes that all future earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries will be reinvested indefinitely to finance foreign activities. Accordingly, no deferred income taxes have been provided for the repatriation of those earnings.
         Concentration of Credit Risk – Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, OMFSP lease receivables and guarantees of certain customers’ obligations under deferred payment contracts and lease purchase agreements.
        The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents, and other financial instruments, with various major financial institutions. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of these financial institutions and limits the amount of credit exposure with any institution.
        Concentration of credit risk with respect to trade accounts and leases receivable is limited due to the large number of customers and their dispersion across many geographic areas. However, a significant amount of trade and lease receivables are with the U.S. government, with rental companies globally, with companies in the ready-mix concrete industry, with municipalities and with several large waste haulers in the United States. The Company does not currently foresee a significant credit risk associated with these receivables, although such credit risk could change materially should the Company experience an economic downturn in any of its markets.
         Derivative Financial Instruments – The Company recognizes all derivative financial instruments, such as foreign exchange contracts, in the consolidated financial statements at fair value regardless of the purpose or intent for holding the instrument. Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments are either recognized periodically in income or in shareholders’ equity as a component of comprehensive income depending on whether the derivative financial instrument qualifies for hedge accounting, and if so, whether it qualifies as a fair value hedge or cash flow hedge. Generally, changes in fair values of derivatives accounted for as fair value hedges are recorded in income along with the portions of the changes in the fair values of the hedged items that relate to the hedged risks. Changes in fair values of derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges, to the extent they are effective as hedges, are recorded in other comprehensive income, net of deferred taxes. Changes in fair value of derivatives not qualifying as hedges are reported in income. Cash flows from derivatives that are accounted for as cash flow or fair value hedges are included in the consolidated statements of cash flows in the same category as the item being hedged.
         Recent Accounting Pronouncements – In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. (“FIN”) 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109. FIN 48 provides guidance for the recognition, derecognition and measurement in financial statements of tax positions taken in previously filed tax returns or tax positions expected to be taken in tax returns. FIN 48 requires an entity to recognize the financial statement impact of a tax position when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination. If the tax position meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the tax effect is recognized at the largest amount of the benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company will adopt FIN 48 as of October 1, 2007, with any cumulative effect of the change in accounting principle recorded as an adjustment to opening retained earnings. Adoption of FIN 48 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
        In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 clarifies the definition of exchange price as the price between market participants in an orderly transaction to sell an asset or transfer a liability in the market in which the reporting entity would transact for the asset or liability, that is, the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability. The Company will be required to adopt SFAS No. 157 as of October 1, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 157 on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
-55-

        In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities,” which permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The Company will be required to adopt SFAS No. 159 as of October 1, 2008. The Company has not yet determined whether it will elect to measure any of its financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value as permitted by SFAS No. 159.
        In March 2007, the FASB ratified Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 06-11, “Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards.” EITF 06-11 requires companies to recognize the income tax benefit realized from dividends or dividend equivalents that are charged to retained earnings and paid to employees for non-vested equity-classified employee share-based payment awards as an increase to additional paid-in capital. The Company will be required to adopt EITF 06-11 as of October 1, 2007. The Company does not expect that the adoption of EITF 06-11 will have a material impact on its results of operations or cash flows.

3.	Acquisitions	

Fiscal 2007 Acquisition
        On December 6, 2006, the Company acquired for cash all of the outstanding shares of JLG, a leading global manufacturer of aerial work platforms and telehandlers. The total purchase price for JLG was $3.1 billion, net of cash acquired of $176.4 million and including transaction costs of $30.3 million and retirement of debt of $224.4 million. The Company financed the acquisition of JLG and the retirement of $79.6 million of debt outstanding under an existing credit facility with proceeds from a new $3.65 billion senior secured credit facility (see Note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements). JLG results of operations have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition. JLG forms the Company’s new access equipment segment.
        The acquisition of JLG enabled the Company to: diversify its product offerings and markets served to complement its defense business; balance the economic and geopolitical cycles faced by the Company; expand the Company’s global reach to better compete in its existing markets; and increase scale in procurement and other functions.
        The following table summarizes the preliminary fair values of the JLG assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition (in millions):

Assets Acquired:	 	 	 		 	
Current assets, excluding cash of $176.4	 	 	$	856.3	 	
Property, plant and equipment	 	 	 	158.9	 	
Goodwill	 	 	 	1,809.3	 	
Purchased intangible assets	 	 	 	986.1	 	
Other long-term assets	 	 	 	85.5	 	
			
  Total assets acquired	 	 	 	3,896.1	 	

Liabilities Assumed:	 	 		
Current liabilities	 	 	 	401.9	 	
Long-term liabilities	 	 	 	356.0	 	
			
   Total liabilities assumed	 	 	 	757.9	 	
			
      Net assets acquired	 	 	$	3,138.2	 	
			
        In conjunction with the JLG acquisition, the Company recorded goodwill of approximately $1.8 billion, the majority of which is not tax deductible, within the access equipment segment. The Company recorded approximately $611.1 million of intangible assets that are subject to amortization with useful lives of between one and 13 years, of which approximately $502.1 million was assigned to customer relationships with an average useful life of 12 years. The Company recorded approximately $375.0 million of trademark intangibles that are not subject to amortization. The purchase price allocations are tentative at September 30, 2007 and may be subsequently adjusted to reflect final appraisals and other valuation studies.
        In connection with the acquisition of JLG, the Company recorded severance payments of $12.9 million associated with payments made to certain employees of the acquired business. The estimated costs of these restructuring activities were recorded as costs of the acquisition and were provided for in accordance with EITF Issue No. 95-3, “Recognition of Liabilities in Connection with a Purchase Business Combination.”
-56-

Fiscal 2006 Acquisitions
        On July 31, 2006, the Company completed the acquisition of 100% of the outstanding stock and member interests of AK Specialty Vehicles (subsequently named Oshkosh Specialty Vehicles) for cash. OSV is a leader in mobile medical, homeland security command and communications, and broadcast vehicles. The purchase price for the OSV acquisition was $142.0 million in cash, including acquisition costs and net of cash acquired. In conjunction with the OSV acquisition, the Company recorded goodwill of approximately $80.0 million. Approximately $53.4 million of the goodwill is deductible for income tax purposes. All of the goodwill was assigned to the Company’s fire & emergency segment.
        On August 14, 2006, the Company completed the acquisition of 100% of the outstanding stock of Iowa Mold Tooling Co., Inc. for cash. IMT is a North American manufacturer of field service vehicles and truck-mounted cranes for niche markets. The purchase price for the IMT acquisition was $133.0 million, including acquisition costs and net of cash acquired. In conjunction with the IMT acquisition, the Company recorded goodwill of approximately $73.4 million. All of the goodwill was assigned to the Company’s commercial segment and is not deductible for income tax purposes.
        The following table summarizes the fair values of the OSV and IMT assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the dates of acquisition (in millions):

Assets Acquired:	 	 	 		 	
Current assets, excluding cash of $5.5	 	 	$	78.0	 	
Property, plant and equipment	 	 	 	11.5	 	
Goodwill	 	 	 	153.4	 	
Purchased intangible assets	 	 	 	100.4	 	
Other long-term assets	 	 	 	0.1	 	
			
  Total assets acquired	 	 	 	343.4	 	

Liabilities Assumed:	 	 		
Current liabilities	 	 	 	39.9	 	
Other long-term liabilities	 	 	 	28.5	 	
			
   Total liabilities assumed	 	 	 	68.4	 	
			
      Net assets acquired	 	 	$	275.0	 	
			
        Approximately $81.4 million of intangible assets recorded are subject to amortization with useful lives of between seven and seventeen years. Approximately $19.0 million of trademark intangibles recorded are not subject to amortization.
        Operating results of these acquisitions have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the dates of acquisition.
Pro Forma Information
        The following unaudited pro forma financial information assumes that the acquisition of JLG had been completed as of October 1 for each of the periods shown below and that the acquisitions of OSV and IMT had been completed as of October 1, 2005 (in millions, except per share amounts; unaudited):

	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	
	2007
	2006

Net sales	 	 	$	6,703.0	 	$	5,908.5	 	
Net income	 	 	 	258.4	 	 	183.8	 	
Earnings per share:	 	 		
     Basic	 	 	$	3.51	 	$	2.51	 	
     Diluted	 	 	 	3.45	 	 	2.47	 	
-57-

        The pro forma information for the year ended September 30, 2006 includes expenses of approximately $18.8 million related to the inventory revaluation recorded as of the acquisition dates. The pro forma information for the year ended September 30, 2007 includes the reversal of approximately $3.1 million of expense related to the inventory revaluations that were included in the Company’s actual consolidated operating results. The pro forma information does not purport to be indicative of results that actually would have been achieved if the operations were combined during the periods presented and is not intended to be a projection of future results or trends.

4.	Receivables	

        The current portion of receivables consists of the following (in millions):

	September 30,	
	2007
	2006

U.S. government:	 	 	 		 	 		 	
   Amounts billed	 	 	$	133.0	 	$	55.2	 	
   Cost and profits not billed	 	 	 	13.3	 	 	1.6	 	
					
 	 	 	 	146.3	 	 	56.8	 	
Other trade receivables	 	 	 	867.4	 	 	256.5	 	
Finance receivables	 	 	 	16.0	 	 	--	 	
Pledged finance receivables	 	 	 	7.0	 	 	--	 	
Other receivables	 	 	 	68.4	 	 	11.6	 	
					
 	 	 	 	1,105.1	 	 	324.9	 	
Less allowance for doubtful accounts	 	 	 	(28.9	)	 	(7.0	)	
					
 	 	 	$	1,076.2	 	$	317.9	 	
					
        Costs and profits not billed generally will become billable upon the Company achieving certain contract milestones.
        Finance receivables represent sales-type leases resulting from the sale of the Company’s access equipment products. Finance receivables generally include a residual value component. Residual values are determined based on the expectation that the underlying equipment will have a minimum fair market value at the end of the lease term. This residual value accrues to the Company at the end of the lease. The Company uses its experience and knowledge as an original equipment manufacturer and participant in end markets for the related products along with third-party studies to estimate residual values. The Company monitors these values for impairment on a periodic basis and reflects any resulting reductions in value in current earnings.
        Finance and pledged finance receivables consist of the following as of September 30, 2007 (in millions):

Finance receivables	 	 	$	34.7	 	 		 	
Pledged finance receivables	 	 	 	10.4	 	 		 	
Estimated residual value	 	 	 	6.5	 	 		 	
					
 	 	 	 	51.6	 	 		 	
Less unearned income	 	 	 	(5.1	)	 		 	
					
Net finance and pledged finance receivables	 	 	 	46.5	 	 		 	
Less allowance for doubtful accounts	 	 	 	(1.5	)	 		 	
					
 	 	 	$	45.0	 	 		 	
					
        Of the $46.5 million in net finance and pledged finance receivables, $23.0 million was recorded in receivables and $23.5 million was recorded in other long-term assets. Pledged finance receivables result from the transfer of finance receivables to third parties in exchange for cash. In compliance with SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities,” these transfers are accounted for as debt on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. As of September 30, 2007, the Company’s maximum loss exposure associated with these transactions was $9.6 million.
-58-

        The following table presents details of the contractual maturities of the Company’s finance and pledged finance receivables (in millions):

Fiscal Year Ending September 30,	 	 	 		 	
                  2008	 	 	$	19.9	 	
                  2009	 	 	 	11.0	 	
                  2010	 	 	 	4.5	 	
                  2011	 	 	 	5.1	 	
                  2012	 	 	 	2.8	 	
                  Thereafter	 	 	 	1.8	 	
                  Residual value in equipment at lease end	 	 	 	6.5	 	
                  Less unearned finance income	 	 	 	(5.1	)	
			
                  Net finance and pledged finance receivables	 	 	$	46.5	 	
			
        Historically, finance and pledged finance receivables have been paid off prior to their contractual due dates, and as a result, the above amounts are not to be regarded as a forecast of future cash flows. Provisions for losses on finance and pledged finance receivables are charged to income in amounts sufficient to maintain the allowance at a level considered adequate to cover losses in the existing receivable portfolio.

5.	Inventories	

        Inventories consist of the following (in millions):

	September 30,	
	2007
	2006
	
Raw materials	 	 	$	406.7	 	$	255.1	 	
Partially finished products	 	 	 	302.4	 	 	274.6	 	
Finished products	 	 	 	390.5	 	 	173.6	 	
					
Inventories at FIFO cost	 	 	 	1,099.6	 	 	703.3	 	
Less: Progress/performance-based payments on	 	 		
             U.S. government contracts	 	 	 	(143.7	)	 	(77.7	)	
          Excess of FIFO cost over LIFO cost	 	 	 	(46.4	)	 	(35.8	)	
					
 	 	 	$	909.5	 	$	589.8	 	
					
        Title to all inventories related to government contracts, which provide for progress or performance-based payments, vests with the government to the extent of unliquidated progress or performance-based payments.
        Inventory includes costs which are amortized to expense as sales are recognized under certain contracts. At September 30, 2007 and 2006, unamortized costs related to long-term contracts of $6.1 million and $5.5 million, respectively, were included in inventory.

6.	Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates	

        The Company records its investments in, and share of earnings of, OMFSP, RiRent and Mezcladores under the equity method of accounting. Earnings, net of related income taxes, are reflected in Equity in Earnings of Unconsolidated Affiliates. The Company’s investment in Mezcladores was $5.7 million and $2.4 million at September 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
        On February 26, 1998, concurrent with the Company’s acquisition of McNeilus, the Company and an unaffiliated third party, BA Leasing & Capital Corporation (“BALCAP”), formed OMFSP, a general partnership, for the purpose of offering lease financing to certain customers of the Company. Each partner contributed existing lease assets (and, in the case of the Company, related notes payable to third party lenders which were secured by such leases) to capitalize the partnership. Leases and related notes payable contributed by the Company were originally acquired in connection with the McNeilus acquisition.
-59-

        OMFSP manages the contributed assets and liabilities and engages in new vendor lease business providing financing to certain customers of the Company. The Company sells vehicles, vehicle bodies and concrete batch plants to OMFSP for lease to user-customers. Company sales to OMFSP were $72.6 million, $72.9 million and $73.0 million in fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Banks and other financial institutions lend to OMFSP a portion of the purchase price, with recourse solely to OMFSP, secured by a pledge of lease payments due from the user-lessees. Each partner funds one-half of the approximate 8.0% equity portion of the cost of new equipment purchases. Customers typically provide a 2.0% down payment. Each partner is allocated its proportionate share of OMFSP’s cash flow and taxable income in accordance with the partnership agreement. Indebtedness of OMFSP is secured by the underlying leases and assets of, and is with recourse to, OMFSP. However, all OMFSP indebtedness is non-recourse to the Company or BALCAP. Each of the two general partners has identical voting, participating and protective rights and responsibilities, and each general partner materially participates in the activities of OMFSP. For these and other reasons, the Company has determined that OMFSP is a voting interest entity for purposes of FIN 46(R), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities an interpretation of ARB No. 51.” Accordingly, the Company accounts for its equity interest in OMFSP under the equity method.
        The Company received cash distributions from OMFSP of $4.7 million, $7.0 million and $8.0 million in fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The Company’s investment in OMFSP was $17.4 million and $16.9 million at September 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The investment represents the Company’s maximum exposure to loss as a result of the Company’s ownership interest in OMFSP.
        RiRent was formed in 1999 to service rental companies throughout most of Europe. RiRent is in business to maintain a fleet of access equipment for short-term lease to rental companies. The re-rental fleet provides rental companies with equipment to support requirements on short notice. RiRent does not provide services directly to end users. Company sales to RiRent were $31.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2007. The Company recognizes income on sales to RiRent at the time of shipment in proportion to the outside third party interest in RiRent and recognizes the remaining income ratably over the estimated useful life of the equipment, which is generally five years.
        Included in investments in unconsolidated affiliates in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at September 30, 2007 is JLG’s investment in RiRent of $12.0 million, which represents the Company’s maximum exposure to loss as a result of the Company’s ownership interest in RiRent. Indebtedness of RiRent is secured by the underlying leases and assets of RiRent. All such RiRent indebtedness is non-recourse to the Company and its partner.

7.	Property, Plant and Equipment	

        The following table presents details of the Company’s property, plant and equipment (in millions):

	September 30,	
	2007
	2006
	
Land and land improvements	 	 	$	46.8	 	$	26.2	 	
Equipment on operating lease to others	 	 	 	26.4	 	 	1.0	 	
Buildings	 	 	 	209.8	 	 	143.5	 	
Machinery and equipment	 	 	 	382.6	 	 	241.4	 	
Construction in progress	 	 	 	1.7	 	 	4.7	 	
					
 	 	 	 	667.3	 	 	416.8	 	
Less accumulated depreciation	 	 	 	(237.7	)	 	(184.9	)	
					
 	 	 	$	429.6	 	$	231.9	 	
					
        Depreciation expense was $56.7 million, $28.8 million and $23.8 million in fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Capitalized interest was insignificant in fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005. Equipment on operating lease to others represents the cost of vehicles sold to customers for which the Company has guaranteed the residual value and equipment on short-term leases. These transactions are accounted for as operating leases with the related assets capitalized and depreciated over their estimated economic lives of five to 10 years. Cost less accumulated depreciation for equipment on operating lease at September 30, 2007 and 2006 was $22.6 million and $0.5 million, respectively.
-60-

8.	Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets	

        The Company is required to perform goodwill impairment tests on an annual basis and between annual tests in certain circumstances. The Company performed the required impairment tests in fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, and found no impairment of goodwill. In conjunction with the Company’s fiscal 2007 review for potential impairment of goodwill, the Company performed extensive studies and analysis regarding the estimated fair value of the Company’s interest in the Geesink Norba Group and determined that the fair value exceeded its carrying value at September 30, 2007. The Company took actions in fiscal 2007 to turn around this business. The Company’s calculations of fair value reflected the Company’s estimates of the benefits to future earnings of such initiatives to improve its manufacturing efficiencies. However, if profits at the Geesink Norba Group do not return to expected levels, then the Company may be required to write down goodwill through a charge to future earnings. The Company cannot provide any assurance that future goodwill impairment tests will not result in a charge to earnings.
        Details of the Company’s total purchased intangible assets are as follows (in millions):

	September 30, 2007
	
	Weighted-
Average
Life
	Gross
	Accumulated
Amortization
	Net
	
Amortizable intangible assets:	 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	
 Distribution network	 	 	 	39.1	 	$	55.4	 	$	(15.0	)	$	40.4	 	
 Non-compete	 	 	 	10.4	 	 	57.2	 	 	(38.4	)	 	18.8	 	
 Technology-related	 	 	 	11.8	 	 	128.2	 	 	(20.5	)	 	107.7	 	
 Customer relationships	 	 	 	12.7	 	 	587.4	 	 	(41.1	)	 	546.3	 	
 Other	 	 	 	12.0	 	 	16.7	 	 	(7.4	)	 	9.3	 	
									
 	 	 	 	14.1	 	 	844.9	 	 	(122.4	)	 	722.5	 	
Non-amortizable tradenames	 	 	 		 	 	439.7	 	 	(0.1	)	 	439.6	 	
									
 Total	 	 	 		 	$	1,284.6	 	$	(122.5	)	$	1,162.1	 	

	September 30, 2006
	
	Weighted-
Average
Life
	Gross
	Accumulated
Amortization
	Net
	
Amortizable intangible assets:	 	 		
 Distribution network	 	 	 	39.1	 	$	55.4	 	$	(13.6	)	$	41.8	 	
 Non-compete	 	 	 	14.0	 	 	42.0	 	 	(24.6	)	 	17.4	 	
 Technology-related	 	 	 	14.5	 	 	33.2	 	 	(10.4	)	 	22.8	 	
 Customer relationships	 	 	 	14.6	 	 	71.0	 	 	(0.9	)	 	70.1	 	
 Other	 	 	 	12.0	 	 	16.7	 	 	(5.9	)	 	10.8	 	
									
 	 	 	 	20.5	 	 	218.3	 	 	(55.4	)	 	162.9	 	
Non-amortizable tradenames	 	 	 		 	 	56.3	 	 	--	 	 	56.3	 	
									
 Total	 	 	 		 	$	274.6	 	$	(55.4	)	$	219.2	 	
									
        In connection with the valuation of intangible assets, a 40-year life was assigned to the value of the Pierce distribution network ($53.0 million). The Company believes Pierce maintains the largest North American fire apparatus distribution network and has exclusive contracts with each distributor related to the fire apparatus product offerings manufactured by Pierce. The useful life of the Pierce distribution network was based on a historical turnover analysis. Non-compete intangible asset lives are based on terms of the applicable agreements.
-61-

        Total amortization expense was $66.0 million, $8.4 million and $7.7 million in fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The estimated future amortization expense of purchased intangible assets for the five years succeeding September 30, 2007 are as follows: 2008 — $69.3 million; 2009 — $65.0 million; 2010 — $63.9 million; 2011 — $63.9 million and 2012 — $63.8 million.
        The following tables present the changes in goodwill during fiscal 2007 and 2006 allocated to the reportable segments (in millions):

Segment
	September 30,
2006
	Acquisitions
	Translation
and Other
	September 30,
2007
	
Access Equipment	 	 	$	--	 	$	1,809.3	 	$	44.4	 	$	1,853.7	 	
Fire & Emergency	 	 	 	226.7	 	 	--	 	 	4.1	 	 	230.8	 	
Commercial	 	 	 	332.0	 	 	--	 	 	18.9	 	 	350.9	 	
									
   Total	 	 	$	558.7	 	$	1,809.3	 	$	67.4	 	$	2,435.4	 	
									
        Amounts included in the translation and other column included an increase of $65.7 million resulting from currency translation adjustments and $1.7 million related to adjustments of intangible assets and certain pre-acquisition contingencies related to OSV and IMT upon finalization of certain appraisals.

Segment
	September 30,
2005
	Acquisitions
	Translation
and Other
	September 30,
2006
	
Fire & Emergency	 	 	$	146.5	 	$	79.9	 	$	0.3	 	$	226.7	 	
Commercial	 	 	 	253.3	 	 	71.9	 	 	6.8	 	 	332.0	 	
									
   Total	 	 	$	399.8	 	$	151.8	 	$	7.1	 	$	558.7	 	
									
        Translation and other in fiscal 2006 included a $7.3 million increase resulting from currency translation adjustments and a net decrease of $0.2 million related to tax adjustments in connection with the acquisition of London.

9.	Other Long-Term Assets	

        Other long-term assets consist of the following (in millions):

	September 30,	
	2007
	2006
	
Customer notes receivable and other investments	 	 	$	41.9	 	$	--	 	
Deferred finance costs	 	 	 	29.9	 	 	0.8	 	
Equipment deposits	 	 	 	23.8	 	 	--	 	
Long-term finance receivables, less current portion	 	 	 	23.5	 	 	9.5	 	
JLG supplemental employee retirement trust	 	 	 	11.0	 	 	--	 	
Prepaid pension	 	 	 	7.9	 	 	63.3	 	
Other	 	 	 	6.8	 	 	4.8	 	
					
 	 	 	 	144.8	 	 	78.4	 	
Less allowance for doubtful notes receivable	 	 	 	(2.1	)	 	--	 	
					
 	 	 	$	142.7	 	$	78.4	 	
					
        Deferred financing costs are amortized using the interest method over the term of the debt. Amortization expense was $5.5 million (excluding $0.8 million of amortization related to early debt retirement in fiscal 2007, which is included in other non-operating expense), $0.3 million and $0.3 million in fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
-62-

        Notes receivable and other investments include refinancing of trade accounts and finance receivables as well as longer-term financing of access equipment segment customers. As of September 30, 2007, approximately 85% of the current and long-term notes receivable and other investments were due from two parties. The Company routinely evaluates the creditworthiness of its customers and establishes reserves if required under the circumstances. Certain notes receivable are collateralized by a security interest in the underlying assets and/or other assets owned by the debtor. The Company may incur losses in excess of recorded reserves if the financial condition of its customers were to deteriorate or the full amount of any anticipated proceeds from the sale of the collateral supporting its customers’ financial obligations is not realized.

10.	Leases	

        Certain administrative and production facilities and equipment are leased under long-term agreements. Most leases contain renewal options for varying periods, and certain leases include options to purchase the leased property during or at the end of the lease term. Leases generally require the Company to pay for insurance, taxes and maintenance of the property. Leased capital assets included in net property, plant and equipment, which consist primarily of buildings and improvements, were $3.9 million and $0.2 million at September 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
        Other facilities and equipment are leased under arrangements that are accounted for as noncancelable operating leases. Total rental expense for property, plant and equipment charged to operations under noncancelable operating leases was $29.8 million, $13.7 million and $10.5 million in fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
        Future minimum operating and capital lease payments due under operating leases and the related present value of minimum capital lease payments at September 30, 2007 were as follows (in millions):

	Capital
Leases
	Operating
Leases
	
2008	 	 	$	0.7	 	$	26.8	 	
2009	 	 	 	0.7	 	 	20.1	 	
2010	 	 	 	0.7	 	 	14.4	 	
2011	 	 	 	0.7	 	 	10.3	 	
2012	 	 	 	0.4	 	 	7.1	 	
Thereafter	 	 	 	1.1	 	 	15.0	 	
					
Total minimum lease payments	 	 	 	4.3	 	$	93.7	 	
					
Interest	 	 	 	(0.7	)	 		 	
					
Present value of net minimum lease payments	 	 	$	3.6	 	 		 	
					
        Minimum rental payments include approximately $1.2 million due annually under variable rate leases. Payments are adjusted based on changes to the one-month LIBOR rate (5.34% at September 30, 2007).

-63-

11.	Credit Agreements	

        The Company was obligated under the following debt instruments (in millions):

	September 30,	
	2007
	2006
	
Senior Secured Facility:	 	 	 		 	 		 	
   Revolving line of credit	 	 	$	--	 	$	--	 	
   Term loan A	 	 	 	437.5	 	 	--	 	
   Term loan B	 	 	 	2,567.5	 	 	--	 	
Unsecured revolving line of credit	 	 	 	--	 	 	71.4	 	
Limited recourse debt from finance receivables monetizations	 	 	 	11.1	 	 	--	 	
Other long-term facilities	 	 	 	5.9	 	 	2.9	 	
					
 	 	 	 	3,022.0	 	 	74.3	 	
Less current portion	 	 	 	(46.4	)	 	(72.1	)	
					
 	 	 	$	2,975.6	 	$	2.2	 	

Current portion of long-term debt	 	 	$	46.4	 	$	72.1	 	
Other short-term facilities	 	 	 	35.1	 	 	15.4	 	
					
 	 	 	$	81.5	 	$	87.5	 	
					
        On December 6, 2006, to finance the acquisition of JLG and to refinance a previous credit facility, the Company entered into a syndicated senior secured credit agreement (“Credit Agreement”) with various financial institutions. The Credit Agreement consists of a five-year $550.0 million revolving credit facility (“Revolving Credit Facility”) and two term loan facilities (“Term Loan A” and “Term Loan B,” and collectively, the “Term Loan Facility”). The $500.0 million Term Loan A requires principal payments of $12.5 million, plus interest, due quarterly over the period from March 2007 through September 2011, with a final principal payment of $262.5 million due December 6, 2011. The $2.6 billion Term Loan B requires principal payments of $6.5 million, plus interest, due quarterly over the period from March 2007 through September 2013, with a final principal payment of $2,424.5 million due December 6, 2013. At September 30, 2007, outstanding letters of credit of $24.6 million reduced available capacity under the Revolving Credit Facility to $525.4 million. As a result of excess available cash at September 30, 2007, the Company prepaid its quarterly principal payments which were originally due in December 2007 and March 2008.
        The Company’s obligations under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by certain of its domestic subsidiaries, and the Company guarantees the obligations of certain of its subsidiaries under the Credit Agreement to the extent such subsidiaries borrow directly under the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement is also secured by a first-priority, perfected lien and security interests in all of the equity interests of the Company’s material domestic subsidiaries and certain of the Company’s other subsidiaries and 65% of the equity interests of each material foreign subsidiary of the Company and certain other subsidiaries of the Company; subject to certain customary, permitted lien exceptions, substantially all other personal property of the Company and certain subsidiaries; and all proceeds thereof.
        The Credit Agreement contains various restrictions and covenants, including (1) requirements that the Company maintain certain financial ratios at prescribed levels; and (2) restrictions on the ability of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries to consolidate or merge, create liens, incur additional indebtedness and dispose of assets. The Credit Agreement also requires maintenance on a rolling four quarter basis of a maximum leverage ratio (as defined) of 5.25x for the fiscal quarter ending on September 30, 2007, reducing to 4.75x for the fiscal quarters ending on December 31, 2007 through September 30, 2008, 4.25x for the fiscal quarters ending on December 31, 2008 through September 30, 2009 and 3.75x for fiscal quarters ending thereafter, and a minimum interest coverage ratio (as defined) of 2.50x, in each case tested as of the last day of each fiscal quarter. The Company was in compliance with these covenants at September 30, 2007.
        The Credit Agreement limits the amount of dividends and other types of distributions that the Company may pay to $40.0 million during any fiscal year plus the positive result of (x) 25% of the cumulative net income of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for all fiscal quarters ending after December 6, 2006, minus (y) the cumulative amount of all dividends and other types of distributions made in any fiscal year ending after December 6, 2006 that exceed $40.0 million.
-64-

        Interest rates on borrowings under the Revolving Credit and Term Loan Facilities are variable and are equal to the “Base Rate” (which is equal to the higher of a bank’s reference rate and the federal funds rate plus 0.5% or a bank’s “Prime Rate”) or the “Off-Shore” or “LIBOR Rate” (which is a bank’s inter-bank offered rate for U.S. dollars in off-shore markets) plus a specified margin. The margins are subject to adjustment, up or down, based on whether certain financial criteria are met. During the second quarter of fiscal 2007, the Company amended its Credit Agreement resulting in a reduction in the interest rate spread on the Term Loan B by 25 basis points over the term of the loan. The Company capitalized an additional $1.4 million related to this amendment as debt issuance costs. The weighted-average interest rate on borrowings outstanding at September 30, 2007 was 7.20% and 7.45% for the Term Loans A and B, respectively.
        The Company is charged a 0.15% to 0.35% annual commitment fee with respect to any unused balance under its Revolving Credit Facility, and a 1.00% to 2.00% annual fee with respect to commercial letters of credit issued under the Revolving Credit Facility, based on the Company’s leverage ratio (as defined).
        In September 2007, the Company prepaid $19.0 million due in each of December 2007 and March 2008 under the Term Loan Facility. The estimated future maturities under the Credit Agreement for the five fiscal years succeeding September 30, 2007 and thereafter are as follows: 2008 — $38.0 million; 2009 — $76.0 million; 2010 — $76.0 million; 2011 — $76.0 million; 2012 — $288.5 million and $2,450.5 million thereafter.
        To manage a portion of the Company’s exposure to changes in LIBOR-based interest rates on its variable rate debt, the Company entered into an amortizing interest rate swap agreement on January 11, 2007 that effectively fixes the interest payments on a portion of the Company’s variable-rate debt. The swap, which has a termination date of December 6, 2011, effectively fixes the variable portion of the interest rate on debt in the amount of the notional amount of the swap at 5.105% plus the applicable spread based on the terms of the Credit Agreement. The initial notional amount of the swap was $2.5 billion and is reduced in varying amounts annually each December until the termination date. Under the terms of the swap agreement, the notional amount of the swap will decline to $2.0 billion in December 2007. The swap has been designated as a cash flow hedge of 3-month LIBOR-based interest payments. In accordance with SFAS No. 133, the effective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative will be recorded in “Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income,” while any ineffective portion is recorded as an adjustment to interest expense. At September 30, 2007, a loss of $18.9 million ($11.9 million net of tax), representing the fair value of the interest rate swap, is recorded in “Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.” The differential paid or received on the interest rate swap will be recognized as an adjustment to interest expense when the hedged, forecasted interest is recorded.
        Under this swap agreement, the Company will pay the counterparty interest on the notional amount at a fixed rate of 5.105% and the counterparty will pay the Company interest on the notional amount at a variable rate equal to 3-month LIBOR. The 3-month LIBOR rate applicable to this agreement was 5.23% at September 30, 2007. The notional amounts do not represent amounts exchanged by the parties, and thus are not a measure of exposure of the Company. The amounts exchanged are normally based on the notional amounts and other terms of the swaps. The variable rates are subject to change over time as 3-month LIBOR fluctuates. Neither the Company nor the counterparty, which is a prominent financial institution, are required to collateralize their respective obligations under these swaps. The Company is exposed to loss if the counterparty defaults.
        As a result of the sale of finance receivables through limited recourse monetization transactions, the Company has $11.1 million of limited recourse debt outstanding as of September 30, 2007. The aggregate amount of limited recourse debt outstanding at September 30, 2007 becomes due in fiscal 2008 and 2009 as follows: $7.3 million and $3.8 million, respectively.

12.	Warranty and Guarantee Arrangements	

        The Company’s products generally carry explicit warranties that extend from six months to five years, based on terms that are generally accepted in the marketplace. Selected components (such as engines, transmissions, tires, etc.) included in the Company’s end products may include manufacturers’ warranties. These manufacturers’ warranties are generally passed on to the end customer of the Company’s products, and the customer would generally deal directly with the component manufacturer. Amounts expensed were $57.2 million, $42.3 million and $25.0 million in fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
-65-

        Changes in the Company’s warranty liability during fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006 were as follows (in millions):

	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	
	2007
	2006
	
Balance at beginning of year	 	 	$	56.9	 	$	39.5	 	
Warranty provisions	 	 	 	59.8	 	 	33.7	 	
Settlements made	 	 	 	(47.5	)	 	(29.4	)	
Changes in liability for pre-existing warranties, net	 	 	 	(2.6	)	 	8.6	 	
Acquisitions	 	 	 	20.8	 	 	4.2	 	
Foreign currency translation adjustment	 	 	 	0.8	 	 	0.3	 	
					
Balance at end of year	 	 	$	88.2	 	$	56.9	 	
					
        The decrease in the liability for pre-existing warranties from fiscal 2006 to fiscal 2007 was principally due to favorable performance in the defense segment, which is experiencing lower warranty claims since the start of the conflicts in Afghanistan and Iraq, and lower field warranty campaigns in the fire & emergency and commercial segments.
        In the fire & emergency segment, the Company provides guarantees of certain customers’ obligations under deferred payment contracts and lease payment agreements to third parties. The guarantees are limited to $1.0 million per year in total and are supported by the residual value of the underlying equipment. The Company’s actual losses under these guarantees over the last ten years have been negligible. In accordance with FIN 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others,” for all such guarantees issued after January 1, 2003, the Company has recorded the fair value of the guarantee as a liability and a reduction of the initial revenue recognized on the sale of equipment. Liabilities accrued since January 1, 2003 for such guarantees were not significant.
        In the access equipment segment, the Company is party to multiple agreements whereby it guarantees $188.0 million in indebtedness of others, including $111.4 million maximum loss exposure under loss pool agreements related to both finance receivable monetizations and third-party debt. As of September 30, 2007, 33% of the Company’s third party debt guarantee obligations related to one customer. Under the terms of these and various related agreements and upon the occurrence of certain events, the Company generally has the ability, among other things, to take possession of the underlying collateral. At September 30, 2007, the Company had recorded $3.9 million of liabilities related to these agreements. If the financial condition of the customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, then additional accruals may be required. While the Company believes it is unlikely that it would experience losses under these agreements that are materially in excess of the amounts reserved, it cannot provide any assurance that the financial condition of the third parties will not deteriorate resulting in the customers’ inability to meet their obligations, and in the event that occurs, the Company cannot guarantee that the collateral underlying the agreements will be sufficient to avoid losses materially in excess of those reserved. Any losses under these guarantees would generally be mitigated by the value of any underlying collateral, including financed equipment, the finance company’s inability to provide the Company clear title to foreclosed equipment and other conditions.
        In connection with certain products within the access equipment segment, the Company has offered trade-in incentives whereby customers are granted pre-determined trade-in values subject to the purchase of new equipment. The Company has established that the difference between the trade-in values and the estimated fair value of the underlying equipment was approximately $13.1 million at September 30, 2007. The amount has been recorded as a current liability at September 30, 2007. The actual amount of the liability related to these trade-in rights is highly dependent on a number of factors, including overall economic conditions.

13.	Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities	

        Historically, the Company has used forward foreign exchange currency contracts (“derivatives”) to reduce the exchange rate risk of specific foreign currency denominated transactions. These derivatives typically require the exchange of a foreign currency for U.S. dollars at a fixed rate at a future date. Historically, the Company has designated these hedges as either cash flow hedges or fair value hedges under SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” as follows:
-66-

         Fair Value Hedging Strategy – The Company enters into forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge certain firm commitments denominated in foreign currencies, primarily the Euro. The purpose of the Company’s foreign currency hedging activities is to protect the Company from risk that the eventual dollar-equivalent cash flows from the sale of products to international customers will be adversely affected by changes in the exchange rates.
         Cash Flow Hedging Strategy – To protect against an increase in cost of forecasted purchases of foreign-sourced component parts payable in Euro, the Company has a foreign currency cash flow hedging program. The Company hedges portions of its forecasted purchases denominated in Euro with forward contracts. When the U.S. dollar weakens against the Euro, increased foreign currency payments are offset by gains in the value of the forward contracts. Conversely, when the U.S. dollar strengthens against the Euro, reduced foreign currency payments are offset by losses in the value of the forward contracts.
        To manage a portion of the Company’s exposure to changes in LIBOR-based interest rates on its variable-rate debt, the Company entered into an amortizing interest rate swap agreement that effectively fixes the interest payments on a portion of the Company’s variable-rate debt. See Note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the interest rate swap.
        At September 30, 2007, the U.S. dollar equivalent of outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts designated as hedges in accordance with SFAS No. 133 totaled $16.7 million in notional amounts, including $9.6 million in contracts to purchase Euro and $7.1 million in contracts to sell Euro. These contracts have been designated as cash flow hedges. At September 30, 2007, net unrealized losses (net of related tax effect of $0.1 million) related to foreign exchange forward contracts totaling $0.2 million have been included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). All balances are expected to be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to earnings during the next twelve months due to actual export sales and sales of products whose underlying costs contain purchases denominated in foreign currencies. Net gains or losses related to hedge ineffectiveness included in income on instruments designated as hedges in accordance with SFAS No. 133 were insignificant for all years presented.
        The Company has entered into forward foreign exchange currency contracts to create an economic hedge to manage foreign exchange risk exposure associated with non-functional currency denominated payables resulting from global sourcing activities. The Company has not designated these derivative contracts as hedge transactions under SFAS No. 133, and accordingly, the mark-to-market impact of these derivatives is recorded each period in current earnings. The fair value of foreign currency related derivatives are included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet in other current assets and other current liabilities. At September 30, 2007, the U.S. dollar equivalent of these outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts totaled $265.8 million in notional amounts, including $107.5 million in contracts to sell Euro, $60.5 million in contracts to sell Australian dollars, $42.4 million in contracts to buy Australian dollars, $2.0 million in contracts to sell U.K. pounds sterling, $6.1 million in contracts to buy U.K. pounds sterling, and $47.3 million in contracts to sell U.K. pounds sterling and purchase Euro. The mark-to-market impacts related to the above forward contracts at September 30, 2007 were losses of approximately $2.7 million which are included in “Miscellaneous, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Income along with mark-to-market adjustments on outstanding non-functional currency denominated receivables and payables.
         Fair Market Value of Financial Instruments – The fair market value of all open derivative contracts at September 30, 2007 and 2006 was $(21.4) million and $(5.7) million, respectively, and recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as follows (in millions):

	September 30,	
	2007
	2006
	
Other current assets	 	 	$	5.3	 	$	0.5	 	
Other current liabilities	 	 	 	(7.8	)	 	(6.2	)	
Other long-term liabilities	 	 	 	(18.9	)	 	--	 	
					
 	 	 	$	(21.4	)	$	(5.7	)	
					
-67-

14.	Shareholders’ Equity	

        On May 3, 2005, a sufficient number of shareholders of unlisted Class A Common Stock converted their shares to New York Stock Exchange – listed Common Stock, on a share-for-share basis, which resulted in the remaining Class A shares being automatically converted into shares of Common Stock on the same basis pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation. As a result of the conversion, the Company now has a single class of stock, and shares of Common Stock that previously had limited voting rights now carry full voting rights.
        On February 1, 1999, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted a shareholder rights plan and declared a rights dividend of one-sixth of one Preferred Share Purchase Right (“Right”) for each share of Common Stock outstanding on February 8, 1999, and provided that one-sixth of one Right would be issued with each share of Common Stock, thereafter issued. The Rights are exercisable only if a person or group acquires 15% or more of the Common Stock or announces a tender offer for 15% or more of the Common Stock. Each Right entitles the holder thereof to purchase from the Company one one-hundredth share of the Company’s Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock at an initial exercise price of $145 per one one-hundredth of a share (subject to adjustment), or upon the occurrence of certain events, Common Stock or common stock of an acquiring company having a market value equivalent to two times the exercise price. Subject to certain conditions, the Rights are redeemable by the Board of Directors for $.01 per Right and are exchangeable for shares of Common Stock. The Board of Directors is also authorized to reduce the 15% thresholds referred to above to not less than 10%. The Rights have no voting power and initially expire on February 1, 2009.
        In July 1995, the Company authorized the buyback of up to 6,000,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock. As of September 30, 2007 and 2006, the Company had purchased 2,769,210 shares of its Common Stock at an aggregate cost of $6.6 million.

15.	Stock Options, Nonvested Stock, Performance Shares and Common Stock Reserved	

        At September 30, 2007, the Company had reserved 5,273,595 shares of Common Stock to provide for the exercise of outstanding stock options and the issuance of Common Stock under incentive compensation awards. Under the 2004 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan (“the 2004 Plan”), which replaced the 1990 Incentive Stock Plan, as amended (the “1990 Plan”) (collectively, “equity-based compensation plans”), officers, other key employees and directors may be granted options to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock at not less than the fair market value of such shares on the date of grant. Participants may also be awarded grants of nonvested stock and performance shares under the 2004 Plan. The 2004 Plan expires on February 3, 2014. Options and nonvested stock awards generally become exercisable ratably on the first, second and third anniversary of the date of grant. In fiscal 2002, the Company granted certain officers 280,000 shares of nonvested Common Stock under the 1990 Plan which vest in fiscal 2008 after a six-year retention period. There are no vesting provisions tied to performance conditions for any outstanding options and nonvested stock awards. Vesting for all outstanding options or nonvested stock awards is based solely on continued service as an employee of the Company and generally vest upon retirement. Options to purchase shares expire not later than ten years and one month after the grant of the option. Performance share awards vest at the end of the third fiscal year following the grant date and are earned only if the Company’s total shareholder return over the three years compares favorably to that of a comparator group of companies.
        The Company recognizes compensation expense for stock option, nonvested stock and performance share awards over the requisite service period for vesting of the award, or to an employee’s eligible retirement date, if earlier and applicable. Total stock-based compensation expense included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income for fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $11.7 million ($8.4 million net of tax), $11.1 million ($7.4 million net of tax) and $3.0 million ($2.4 million net of tax), respectively.
        Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company reported all tax benefits resulting from the exercise of stock options and the vesting of nonvested stock awards as operating cash flows in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. In accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), the Company reported the excess tax benefits from the exercise of stock options and the vesting of nonvested stock awards as financing cash flows beginning in fiscal 2006. For fiscal 2007 and 2006, $6.0 million and $4.1 million, respectively, of excess tax benefits were reported as financing cash flows rather than operating cash flows. For fiscal 2005, the excess tax benefits of $23.7 million was included in operating cash flows.
-68-

        Information related to the Company’s equity-based compensation plans in effect as of September 30, 2007 is as follows:

Plan Category
	
Number of
Securities to be
Issued Upon Exercise of
Outstanding Options
	Weighted Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding
Options
	Number of
Securities Remaining
Available for Future
Issuance Under Equity
Compensation Plans
	
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders	 	 	 	3,141,994	 	$	32.71	 	 	2,131,601	 	
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	
							
Total	 	 	 	3,141,994	 	$	32.71	 	 	2,131,601	 	
							
         Stock Options – For fiscal 2007 and 2006, the Company recorded $7.1 million and $6.5 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense in selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income associated with outstanding unvested stock options.
        A summary of the Company’s stock option activity for the three years ended September 30, 2007 is as follows:

	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	
	2007
	2006
	2005
	
	Options
	Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
	Options
	Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
	Options
	Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
	
Options outstanding, beginning of	 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	
   the year	 	 	 	2,937,594	 	$	25.30	 	 	2,868,506	 	$	20.16	 	 	5,087,608	 	$	12.75	 	
      Options granted	 	 	 	640,750	 	 	54.60	 	 	398,788	 	 	50.02	 	 	425,700	 	 	40.75	 	
      Options forfeited	 	 	 	(3,000	)	 	19.75	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	(6,000	)	 	19.75	 	
      Options exercised	 	 	 	(433,350	)	 	14.92	 	 	(329,700	)	 	10.50	 	 	(2,638,802	)	 	9.19	 	
													
Options outstanding, end of the year	 	 	 	3,141,994	 	$	32.71	 	 	2,937,594	 	$	25.30	 	 	2,868,506	 	$	20.16	 	
													
Options exercisable, end of the year	 	 	 	2,094,472	 	$	23.27	 	 	2,128,686	 	$	18.43	 	 	1,851,264	 	$	14.35	 	
													
        The Company continues to use the Black-Scholes valuation model to value stock options utilizing the following weighted average assumptions:

	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	
Options Granted During
	2007
	2006
	2005
	
Assumptions:	 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	
   Risk-free interest rate	 	 	 	4.23	%	 	4.73	%	 	4.00	%	
   Expected volatility	 	 	 	32.02	%	 	33.70	%	 	31.00	%	
   Expected dividend yield	 	 	 	0.75	%	 	0.75	%	 	0.67	%	
   Expected term (in years)	 	 	 	5.44	 	 	5.40	 	 	4.27	 	
        The Company used the Company’s historical stock prices as the basis for the Company’s volatility assumption. The assumed risk-free rates were based on U.S. Treasury rates in effect at the time of grant. The expected option term represents the period of time that the options granted are expected to be outstanding and was based on historical experience. The weighted average fair values for stock option grants during fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $18.78, $18.23 and $12.08, respectively.
        As of September 30, 2007, the Company had $12.3 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to outstanding stock options, which will be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.7 years.
-69-

        Stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2007 were as follows (in millions, except share and per share amounts):

Price Range
	Number
Outstanding
	Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)
	Weighted Average
Exercise Price
	Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
	
$  2.79  -  $  7.63	   121,004	1.6	$    6.10	$    6.8	
$  9.78  -  $19.75	1,215,334	5.3	    16.74	    55.0	
$28.27  -  $36.95	   389,717	6.8	    29.10	    12.8	
$41.04  -  $59.58	1,415,939	9.1	    49.69	    17.3	
					
	3,141,994	7.1	    32.71	$  91.9	
					
        Stock options exercisable as of September 30, 2007 were as follows (in millions, except share and per share amounts):

Price Range
	Number
Exercisable
	Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)
	Weighted Average
Exercise Price
	Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
	
$  2.79  -  $  7.63	   121,004	1.6	$    6.10	$    6.8	
$  9.78  -  $19.75	1,215,334	5.3	    16.74	    55.0	
$28.27  -  $36.95	   380,564	6.8	    28.91	    12.6	
$41.04  -  $59.58	   377,570	8.3	    44.14	      6.7	
					
	2,094,472	5.9	    23.27	$  81.1	
					
        The aggregate intrinsic values in the tables above represent the total pre-tax intrinsic value (difference between the Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of fiscal 2007 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on September 30, 2007. This amount changes based on the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock. Total intrinsic value of options exercised for fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $17.3 million, $11.6 million and $64.2 million, respectively.
        Net cash proceeds from the exercise of stock options were $6.5 million, $3.4 million and $24.2 million for fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The actual income tax benefit realized totaled $6.7 million, $4.6 million and $25.3 million, for those same periods.
         Nonvested Stock Awards – Compensation expense related to nonvested stock awards of $4.6 million, $4.6 million and $3.0 million in fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, was recorded in selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.
        A summary of the Company’s nonvested stock activity for the three years ended September 30, 2007 is as follows:

	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	
	2007
	2006
	2005
	
	Number
of
Shares
	Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
	Number
of
Shares
	Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
	Number
of
Shares
	Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
	
Nonvested, beginning of the year	 	 	 	438,796	 	$	24.43	 	 	435,012	 	$	21.57	 	 	402,400	 	$	18.82	 	
      Granted	 	 	 	55,825	 	 	54.14	 	 	69,038	 	 	50.40	 	 	73,400	 	 	40.34	 	
      Forfeited	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	
      Vested	 	 	 	(87,411	)	 	37.13	 	 	(65,254	)	 	32.79	 	 	(40,788	)	 	28.27	 	
													
Nonvested, end of the year	 	 	 	407,210	 	$	25.78	 	 	438,796	 	$	24.43	 	 	435,012	 	$	21.57	 	

-70-

        As of September 30, 2007, there was $3.3 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested stock awards. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.9 years. The total fair value of shares vested during fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $4.9 million, $3.3 million and $1.7 million, respectively.
         Performance Share Awards – In fiscal 2007, the Company granted certain executives awards for an aggregate of 50,500 performance shares that vest at the end of the third fiscal year following the grant date. Executives earn performance shares only if the Company’s total shareholder return over the three years compares favorably to that of a comparator group of companies. Potential payouts range from zero to 200 percent of the target awards. The grant date fair values of the 2007 performance share awards were estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation model utilizing the following weighted average assumptions:

Assumptions:	 	 	 		 	
   Risk-free interest rate	 	 	 	4.95	%	
   Expected volatility	 	 	 	27.97	%	
   Expected life (in years)	 	 	 	3.00	 	
        The Company used the Company’s historical stock prices as the basis for the Company’s volatility assumption. The assumed risk-free rates were based on U.S. Treasury rates in effect at the time of grant. The expected life is based on the vesting period (term). The weighted average fair value for performance share awards granted during fiscal 2007 was $35.12. Compensation expense of $0.1 million related to performance share awards was recorded in fiscal 2007 in selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.

16.	Earnings Per Share	

        As a result of the conversion of all of the Company’s Class A Common Stock to New York Stock Exchange – listed Common Stock, earnings per share for Class A Common Stock is no longer presented. The following table reconciles net income to net income available to Common Stock holders for purposes of the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share (in millions):

	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	
	2007
	2006
	2005
	
Income available to Common Stock holders:	 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	
   Net income	 	 	$	268.1	 	$	205.5	 	$	160.2	 	
   Class A Common Stock	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	1.7	 	
							
Basic income available to Common Stock holders	 	 	$	268.1	 	$	205.5	 	$	158.5	 	

Diluted income available to Common Stock holders	 	 	$	268.1	 	$	205.5	 	$	160.2	 	
							
        The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted weighted average shares used in the denominator of the per share calculations:

	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	
	2007
	2006
	2005
	
Basic weighted average shares outstanding	 	 	 	73,562,307	 	 	73,159,887	 	 	71,293,745	 	
Effect of dilutive securities:	 	 		
   Class A Common Stock	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	944,541	 	
   Stock options and incentive compensation awards	 	 	 	1,268,524	 	 	1,239,991	 	 	1,383,566	 	
							
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding	 	 	 	74,830,831	 	 	74,399,878	 	 	73,621,852	 	
							
        Options to purchase 749,750, 26,000 and 395,200 shares of Common Stock were outstanding in fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the effect would be anti-dilutive. Nonvested stock awards of 11,000 and 73,400 shares outstanding in fiscal 2006 and 2005, respectively, were not included in the computation of earnings per share since the awards were anti-dilutive.
-71-

17.	Employee Benefit Plans	

        The Company and certain of its subsidiaries sponsor multiple defined benefit pension plans and postretirement benefit plans covering certain Oshkosh, the Geesink Norba Group, JLG and Pierce employees and certain Oshkosh, JLG and Kewaunee retirees and their spouses, respectively. The pension plans provide benefits based on compensation, years of service and date of birth. The postretirement benefit plans provide health benefits based on years of service and date of birth. The Company’s policy is to fund the pension plans in amounts that comply with contribution limits imposed by law. Requirements of the Company’s postretirement benefit plans are funded as benefit payments are made.
        The Company adopted SFAS No. 158, as it relates to recognizing the funded status of its defined benefit pension and postretirement benefits plans in its Consolidated Balance Sheet and related disclosure provisions, on September 30, 2007. Funded status is defined as the difference between the projected benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets. Upon adoption, the Company recorded an adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income representing the recognition of previously unrecorded pension and postretirement healthcare liabilities related to net unrecognized actuarial losses, unrecognized prior service costs and unrecognized prior service credits. These amounts will be subsequently recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost pursuant to the Company’s historical accounting policy for recognizing such amounts.
        The incremental effects of adopting the provisions of SFAS No. 158 on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at September 30, 2007 are presented in the following table (in millions). The adoption of SFAS No. 158 had no effect on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended September 30, 2007, or for any prior period presented, and it will not affect the Company’s operating results in future periods.

	September 30, 2007
	
	Prior to
Adoption of
SFAS No. 158
	Effect of
Adopting
SFAS No. 158
	As Reported
	
Long-term prepaid pension asset	 	 	$	55.0	 	$	(47.1	)	$	7.9	 	
Intangible asset	 	 	 	8.2	 	 	(8.2	)	 	--	 	
Deferred income taxes, net	 	 	 	5.6	 	 	17.0	 	 	22.6	 	
Current accrued pension and other postretirement liability	 	 	 	--	 	 	(3.1	)	 	(3.1	)	
Long-term accrued pension and other postretirement liability	 	 	 	(69.5	)	 	15.2	 	 	(54.3	)	
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	 	 	 	8.9	 	 	26.2	 	 	35.1	 	
        Amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, at September 30, 2007 which have not yet been recognized in net periodic benefit cost are as follows (in millions):

	Pension and
SERP
	Postretirement
Health and Other
	
Prior service cost	 	 	$	8.3	 	$	--	 	
Net actuarial loss	 	 	 	23.5	 	 	3.3	 	
					
 	 	 	$	31.8	 	$	3.3	 	
					
        Included in accumulated other comprehensive income at September 30, 2007 are prior service costs of $1.2 million ($0.7 million net of tax) and unrecognized net actuarial losses of $1.9 million ($1.1 million net of tax) expected to be recognized in pension and SERP net periodic benefit costs during the year ended September 30, 2008.
        Included in accumulated other comprehensive income at September 30, 2007 are unrecognized net actuarial losses of $0.2 million ($0.1 million net of tax) expected to be recognized in postretirement healthcare benefits net periodic benefit costs during the year ended September 30, 2008.

-72-

        The following provides a reconciliation of obligations, plan assets and funded status of the Company’s defined benefit pension plans and postretirement benefit plans (in millions):

	Pension Benefits
	Postretirement	
	U.S. Plans
	Non-U.S. Plans
	Health and Other
	
	2007
	2006
	2007
	2006
	2007
	2006
	
Change in benefit obligations	 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	
   Benefit obligations at October 1	 	 	$	149.7	 	$	143.9	 	$	14.9	 	$	11.2	 	$	29.7	 	$	28.7	 	
   Acquisition	 	 	 	3.4	 	 	--	 	 	12.3	 	 	--	 	 	3.6	 	 	--	 	
   Service cost	 	 	 	9.9	 	 	9.2	 	 	1.4	 	 	0.8	 	 	1.7	 	 	1.7	 	
   Interest cost	 	 	 	9.1	 	 	7.6	 	 	1.3	 	 	0.6	 	 	1.8	 	 	1.5	 	
   Actuarial (gains) losses	 	 	 	(6.3	)	 	(9.0	)	 	(6.1	)	 	2.0	 	 	(3.6	)	 	(1.7	)	
   Participant contributions	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	0.4	 	 	0.1	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	
   Plan amendments	 	 	 	6.7	 	 	0.6	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	
   Benefits paid	 	 	 	(3.0	)	 	(2.6	)	 	(0.8	)	 	(0.5	)	 	(1.6	)	 	(0.5	)	
   Currency translation adjustments	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	1.7	 	 	0.7	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	
													
   Benefit obligation at September 30	 	 	$	169.5	 	$	149.7	 	$	25.1	 	$	14.9	 	$	31.6	 	$	29.7	 	

Change in plan assets	 	 		
   Fair value of plan assets at October 1	 	 	$	140.7	 	$	112.7	 	$	11.2	 	$	9.2	 	$	--	 	$	--	 	
   Acquisition	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	6.9	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	
   Actual return on plan assets	 	 	 	15.9	 	 	6.4	 	 	1.9	 	 	1.3	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	
   Company contributions	 	 	 	0.1	 	 	24.2	 	 	2.1	 	 	0.5	 	 	1.6	 	 	0.5	 	
   Participant contributions	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	0.3	 	 	0.1	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	
   Benefits paid	 	 	 	(3.0	)	 	(2.6	)	 	(0.8	)	 	(0.5	)	 	(1.6	)	 	(0.5	)	
   Currency translation adjustments	 	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	1.4	 	 	0.6	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	
													
   Fair value of plan assets at September 30	 	 	$	153.7	 	$	140.7	 	$	23.0	 	$	11.2	 	$	--	 	$	--	 	

Reconciliation of funded status	 	 		
   Funded status of plan - over (under) funded	 	 	$	(15.8	)	$	(9.0	)	$	(2.1	)	$	(3.7	)	$	(31.6	)	$	(29.7	)	
   Unrecognized net actuarial losses	 	 	 	--	 	 	55.3	 	 	--	 	 	2.3	 	 	--	 	 	9.0	 	
   Unamortized prior service cost	 	 	 	--	 	 	8.0	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	
													
   Prepaid (accrued) benefit cost	 	 	$	(15.8	)	$	54.3	 	$	(2.1	)	$	(1.4	)	$	(31.6	)	$	(20.7	)	

Recognized in consolidated balance sheet at September 30	 	 		
   Prepaid benefit cost (long-term asset)	 	 	$	7.5	 	$	66.2	 	$	0.4	 	$	--	 	$	--	 	$	--	 	
   Accrued benefit liability (current liability)	 	 	 	(0.3	)	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	(2.8	)	 	--	 	
   Accrued benefit liability (long-term liability)	 	 	 	(23.0	)	 	(11.9	)	 	(2.5	)	 	(1.4	)	 	(28.8	)	 	(20.7	)	
													
   Prepaid (accrued) benefit cost	 	 	$	(15.8	)	$	54.3	 	$	(2.1	)	$	(1.4	)	$	(31.6	)	$	(20.7	)	

Weighted-average assumptions as of September 30	 	 		
   Discount rate	 	 	 	6.00	%	 	5.75	%	 	5.90	%	 	5.00	%	 	6.00	%	 	5.75	%	
   Expected return on plan assets	 	 	 	8.00	%	 	8.25	%	 	6.20	%	 	6.00	%	 	n/a	 	 	n/a	 	
   Rate of compensation increase	 	 	 	4.39	%	 	4.50	%	 	4.20	%	 	4.20	%	 	n/a	 	 	n/a	 	
        Under-funded or non-funded pension benefit plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets are as follows (in millions):

	September 30,
	
	U.S. Plans
	Non-U.S. Plans
	
	2007
	2006
	2007
	2006
	
Projected benefit obligations	 	 	$	133.3	 	$	78.6	 	$	11.2	 	$	14.9	 	
Fair value of plan assets	 	 	 	110.0	 	 	60.5	 	 	8.6	 	 	11.2	 	
        Pension benefit plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets are as follows (in millions):

	September 30,
	
	U.S. Plans
	Non-U.S. Plans
	
	2007
	2006
	2007
	2006
	
Accumulated benefit obligation	 	 	$	62.3	 	$	13.3	 	$	10.6	 	$	--	 	
Fair value of plan assets	 	 	 	44.1	 	 	--	 	 	8.6	 	 	--	 	

-73-

        The following table summarizes the components of net periodic benefit cost for fiscal years ended September 30 (in millions):

	Pension Benefits
	Postretirement	
	U.S. Plans
	Non-U.S. Plans
	Health and Other
	
	2007
	2006
	2005
	2007
	2006
	2005
	2007
	2006
	2005
	
Components of net periodic benefit cost	 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	 		 	
   Service cost	 	 	$	9.9	 	$	9.2	 	$	6.8	 	$	1.4	 	$	0.8	 	$	0.7	 	$	1.7	 	$	1.7	 	$	1.1	 	
   Interest cost	 	 	 	9.1	 	 	7.5	 	 	6.4	 	 	1.3	 	 	0.6	 	 	0.5	 	 	1.8	 	 	1.5	 	 	1.1	 	
   Expected return on plan assets	 	 	 	(11.5	)	 	(9.6	)	 	(7.6	)	 	(1.1	)	 	(0.6	)	 	(0.5	)	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	
   Amortization of prior service cost	 	 	 	1.2	 	 	0.8	 	 	0.8	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	
   Amortization of transition asset	 	 	 	--	 	 	(0.1	)	 	(0.1	)	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	
   Amortization of net actuarial losses	 	 	 	2.7	 	 	3.5	 	 	2.0	 	 	0.1	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	 	0.4	 	 	0.5	 	 	0.1	 	
																			
   Net periodic benefit cost	 	 	$	11.4	 	$	11.3	 	$	8.3	 	$	1.7	 	$	0.8	 	$	0.7	 	$	3.9	 	$	3.7	 	$	2.3	 	

Weighted-average assumptions	 	 		
   Discount rate	 	 	 	5.76	%	 	5.25	%	 	5.75	%	 	5.00	%	 	5.00	%	 	5.60	%	 	5.75	%	 	5.25	%	 	5.75	%	
   Expected return on plan assets	 	 	 	8.25	%	 	8.25	%	 	8.25	%	 	6.00	%	 	6.00	%	 	6.50	%	 	n/a	 	 	n/a	 	 	n/a	 	
   Rate of compensation increase	 	 	 	4.57	%	 	4.50	%	 	4.50	%	 	4.20	%	 	3.80	%	 	3.90	%	 	n/a	 	 	n/a	 	 	n/a	 	
        The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $203.9 million and $144.6 million at September 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
        The assumed health care cost trend rate used in measuring the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for the Company was 9.0% in fiscal 2007, declining to 5.5% in fiscal 2014. If the health care cost trend rate was increased by 1%, the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at September 30, 2007 would increase by $3.3 million and net periodic postretirement benefit cost for fiscal 2007 would increase by $0.6 million. A corresponding decrease of 1% would decrease the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at September 30, 2007 by $3.0 million and net periodic postretirement benefit cost for fiscal 2007 would decrease by $0.5 million.
        The Company’s Board of Directors has appointed an Investment Committee (“Committee”) to manage the investment of the Company’s pension plan assets. The Committee has established and operates under an Investment Policy. The Committee determines the asset allocation and target ranges based upon periodic asset/liability studies and capital market projections. The Committee retains external investment managers to invest the assets and an advisor to monitor the performance of the investment managers. The Investment Policy prohibits certain investment transactions, such as commodity contracts, margin transactions and short selling, unless the Committee gives prior approval. The weighted average of the Company’s and its subsidiaries pension plan asset allocations and target allocations at September 30, 2007 and 2006, by asset category, are as follows:

U.S. Plans
	Non-U.S. Plans
	
	Target %
	2007
	2006
		Target %
	2007
	2006
	
Asset Category		 	 	Asset Category				
  Fixed income	30% - 40%	36%	42%	UK equities	25%	33%	25%	
  Large-cap growth	25% - 35%	30%	26%	Non-UK equities	25%	33%	25%	
  Large-cap value	5% - 15%	11%	10%	Government bonds	35%	24%	36%	
  Mid-cap value	5% - 15%	12%	11%	Corporate bonds	15%	10%	14%	
  Small-cap value	5% - 15%	11%	11%					
  Venture capital	0% - 5%	0%	0%					
						
  		100%	100%			100%	100%	
						
        The plans’ investment strategy is based on an expectation that, over time, equity securities will provide higher total returns than debt securities. The plans primarily minimize the risk of large losses through diversification of investments by asset class, by investing in different styles of investment management within the classes and by using a number of different investment managers. The Committee monitors the asset allocation and investment performance monthly, with a more comprehensive quarterly review with its advisor.
        The plans’ expected return on assets is based on management’s and the Committee’s expectations of long-term average rates of return to be achieved by the plans’ investments. These expectations are based on the plans’ historical returns and expected returns for the asset classes in which the plans are invested.
-74-

        The Company expects to contribute approximately $5.0 million to $10.0 million to its pension plans in fiscal 2008. The Company’s estimated future benefit payments under Company sponsored plans are as follows (in millions):

Fiscal Year Ending	Pension Benefits
	Other
Postretirement	
September 30,
	U.S. Plans
	Non-U.S. Plans
	Non-Qualified
	Benefits
	
2008	$    2.7	$    0.3	$    0.3	$    2.8	
2009	      3.2	      0.4	      0.4	      2.4	
2010	      3.8	      0.4	      0.4	      2.1	
2011	      4.5	      1.0	      0.4	      2.2	
2012	      5.1	      0.7	      3.6	      2.2	
2013-2016	    35.8	      6.5	    13.2	    12.3	
        The Company has defined contribution 401(k) plans covering substantially all employees. The plans allow employees to defer 2% to 19% of their income on a pre-tax basis. Each employee who elects to participate is eligible to receive Company matching contributions which are based on employee contributions to the plans, subject to certain limitations. Amounts expensed for Company matching contributions were $13.7 million, $3.8 million and $3.3 million in fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The increase in Company matching contributions in fiscal 2007 was due to the acquisition of JLG.

18.	Income Taxes	

        Pre-tax income (loss) from operations for the fiscal years ended September 30 was taxed in the following jurisdictions (in millions):

	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	
	2007
	2006
	2005
	
Domestic	 	 	$	354.2	 	$	315.3	 	$	266.1	 	
Foreign	 	 	 	41.5	 	 	9.6	 	 	(6.0	)	
							
 	 	 	$	395.7	 	$	324.9	 	$	260.1	 	
							
        Significant components of the provision (credit) for income taxes are as follows (in millions):

	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	
	2007
	2006
	2005
	
Allocated to Income Before Equity in Earnings	 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	
      of Unconsolidated Affiliates and Minority Interest	 	 		
   Current:	 	 		
      Federal	 	 	$	99.1	 	$	123.0	 	$	86.6	 	
      Foreign	 	 	 	11.6	 	 	5.4	 	 	2.3	 	
      State	 	 	 	11.0	 	 	12.4	 	 	9.4	 	
							
         Total current	 	 	 	121.7	 	 	140.8	 	 	98.3	 	
							
   Deferred:	 	 		
      Federal	 	 	 	16.0	 	 	(16.8	)	 	5.5	 	
      Foreign	 	 	 	(4.3	)	 	(0.9	)	 	(2.6	)	
      State	 	 	 	1.8	 	 	(1.9	)	 	1.0	 	
							
         Total deferred	 	 	 	13.5	 	 	(19.6	)	 	3.9	 	
							
 	 	 	$	135.2	 	$	121.2	 	$	102.2	 	

Allocated to Other Comprehensive Income	 	 		
   Deferred federal, state and foreign	 	 	$	(25.3	)	$	22.1	 	$	(10.1	)	
							
-75-

        The reconciliation of income tax computed at the U.S. federal statutory tax rates to income tax expense is:

	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	
	2007
	2006
	2005
	
Effective Rate Reconciliation	 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	
     U.S. federal tax rate	 	 	 	35.0	%	 	35.0	%	 	35.0	%	
     State income taxes, net	 	 	 	1.5	 	 	3.3	 	 	4.1	 	
     Foreign taxes	 	 	 	(0.9	)	 	(0.2	)	 	(0.7	)	
     European tax incentive	 	 	 	(1.9	)	 	--	 	 	--	 	
     Valuation allowance	 	 	 	1.6	 	 	0.5	 	 	1.1	 	
     Tax credits	 	 	 	(1.7	)	 	(1.0	)	 	(0.3	)	
     Manufacturing deduction	 	 	 	(0.8	)	 	(0.7	)	 	--	 	
     Other, net	 	 	 	1.4	 	 	0.4	 	 	0.1	 	
							
 	 	 	 	34.2	%	 	37.3	%	 	39.3	%	
							
        The Company is party to a tax incentive agreement (“incentive”) covering certain of its European operations. The incentive provides for a reduction in the Company’s effective income tax rate through allowable deductions that are subject to recapture to the extent that certain conditions are not met, including a requirement to have minimum cumulative operating income over a multiple-year period ending in fiscal 2013. In fiscal 2007, as a result of this incentive, the Company recognized approximately €16.5 million of deductions which resulted in a $7.5 million reduction in the Company’s provision for income taxes. Should the Company reach the maximum level of cumulative operating income under this incentive, aggregate additional deductions of €97.0 million would be available to offset the Company’s future taxable income, although the amount of deductions allowed in any particular tax year are limited by the incentive.
        Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following (in millions):

	September 30,	
	2007
	2006
	
Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities	 	 	 		 	 		 	
Deferred tax assets:	 	 		
   Other long-term liabilities	 	 	$	15.2	 	$	21.2	 	
   Accrued warranty	 	 	 	28.8	 	 	19.1	 	
   Other current liabilities	 	 	 	33.9	 	 	12.9	 	
   Other long-term assets	 	 	 	24.8	 	 	--	 	
   Payroll-related obligations	 	 	 	11.6	 	 	10.2	 	
   Receivables	 	 	 	9.0	 	 	2.3	 	
   Inventories	 	 	 	1.0	 	 	7.3	 	
   Other	 	 	 	23.8	 	 	12.8	 	
					
      Gross deferred tax assets	 	 	 	148.1	 	 	85.8	 	
   Less valuation allowance	 	 	 	(14.3	)	 	(7.9	)	
					
      Deferred tax assets	 	 	 	133.8	 	 	77.9	 	
Deferred tax liabilities:	 	 		
   Intangible assets	 	 	 	343.7	 	 	60.0	 	
   Investment in unconsolidated partnership	 	 	 	20.1	 	 	20.1	 	
   Property, plant and equipment	 	 	 	29.5	 	 	19.4	 	
   Other long-term assets	 	 	 	--	 	 	25.0	 	
   Other	 	 	 	3.1	 	 	0.2	 	
					
      Deferred tax liabilities	 	 	 	396.4	 	 	124.7	 	
					
      Net deferred tax liability	 	 	$	(262.6	)	$	(46.8	)	

-76-

        The net deferred tax liability is classified in the consolidated balance sheets as follows (in millions):

	September 30,	
	2007
	2006
	
Current net deferred tax asset	 	 	$	77.5	 	$	53.2	 	
Non-current net deferred tax liability	 	 	 	(340.1	)	 	(100.0	)	
					
 	 	 	$	(262.6	)	$	(46.8	)	
					
        As of September 30, 2007, the Company had $84.7 million of net operating loss carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income of certain foreign subsidiaries. Such NOL carryforwards expire in accordance with provisions of applicable tax laws and primarily have unlimited lives. The deferred tax asset for foreign NOL carryforwards aggregated $22.0 million at September 30, 2007 and is reviewed for recoverability based on historical taxable income, the expected reversals of existing temporary differences, tax-planning strategies, and projections of future taxable income. As a result of its analysis, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance of $14.3 million at September 30, 2007.
        The Company does not provide for U.S. income taxes on undistributed earnings of its foreign operations that are intended to be permanently reinvested. At September 30, 2007, these earnings amounted to approximately $46.1 million. If these earnings were repatriated to the United States, income taxes the Company would be required to accrue and pay would be immaterial.

19.	Contingencies, Significant Estimates and Concentrations	

        As part of its routine business operations, the Company disposes of and recycles or reclaims certain industrial waste materials, chemicals and solvents at third party disposal and recycling facilities, which are licensed by appropriate governmental agencies. In some instances, these facilities have been and may be designated by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) or a state environmental agency for remediation. Under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act and similar state laws, each potentially responsible party (“PRP”) that contributed hazardous substances may be jointly and severally liable for the costs associated with cleaning up these sites. Typically, PRPs negotiate a resolution with the EPA and/or the state environmental agencies. PRPs also negotiate with each other regarding allocation of the cleanup cost. The Company has been named a PRP with regard to three multiple-party sites. Based on current estimates, the Company believes its liability at these sites will not be material and any responsibility of the Company is adequately covered through established reserves.
        The Company is addressing a regional trichloroethylene (“TCE”) groundwater plume on the south side of Oshkosh, Wisconsin. The Company believes there may be multiple sources of TCE in the area. TCE was detected at the Company’s North Plant facility with testing showing the highest concentrations in a monitoring well located on the upgradient property line. Because the investigation process is still ongoing, it is not possible for the Company to estimate its long-term total liability associated with this issue at this time. Also, as part of the regional TCE groundwater investigation, the Company conducted a groundwater investigation of a former landfill located on Company property. The landfill, acquired by the Company in 1972, is approximately 2.0 acres in size and is believed to have been used for the disposal of household waste. Based on the investigation, the Company does not believe the landfill is one of the sources of the TCE contamination. Based upon current knowledge, the Company believes its liability associated with the TCE issue will not be material and is adequately covered through reserves established by the Company. However, this may change as investigations proceed by the Company, other unrelated property owners, and the government.
        At September 30, 2007 and 2006, the Company had reserves of $4.1 million and $5.2 million, respectively, for losses related to environmental matters that are probable and estimable. The amount recorded for identified contingent liabilities is based on estimates. Amounts recorded are reviewed periodically and adjusted to reflect additional technical and legal information that becomes available. Actual costs to be incurred in future periods may vary from the estimates, given the inherent uncertainties in evaluating certain exposures. Subject to the imprecision in estimating future contingent liability costs, the Company does not expect that any sum it may have to pay in connection with these matters in excess of the amounts recorded will have a materially adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
        The Company is also contingently liable under bid, performance and specialty bonds totaling approximately $249.7 million and open standby letters of credit issued by the Company’s banks in favor of third parties totaling $24.6 million at September 30, 2007.
-77-

        Provisions for estimated warranty and other related costs are recorded at the time of sale and are periodically adjusted to reflect actual experience. At September 30, 2007 and 2006, the Company had reserved $88.2 million and $56.9 million, respectively, for warranty claims. Certain warranty and other related claims involve matters of dispute that ultimately are resolved by negotiation, arbitration or litigation. At times, warranty issues arise which are beyond the scope of the Company’s historical experience. It is reasonably possible that additional warranty and other related claims could arise from disputes or other matters beyond the scope of the Company’s historical experience.
        Product and general liability claims arise against the Company from time to time in the ordinary course of business. The Company is generally self-insured for future claims up to $3.0 million per claim. Accordingly, a reserve is maintained for the estimated costs of such claims. At September 30, 2007 and 2006, the reserve for product and general liability claims was $51.6 million (including $29.2 million acquired with JLG) and $14.2 million, respectively, based on available information. There is inherent uncertainty as to the eventual resolution of unsettled claims. Management, however, believes that any losses in excess of established reserves will not have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
        Prior to its acquisition by the Company, JLG had received notices of audit adjustments totaling $7.1 million from the Pennsylvania Department of Revenue (“PA”) in connection with audits of income tax returns filed by JLG for fiscal years 1999 through 2003. The adjustments proposed by PA consist primarily of the disallowance of a royalty deduction taken on JLG’s income tax returns. The Company believes that PA has acted contrary to applicable law and is disputing PA’s position. While the Company is continuing the appeal process, PA has denied any relief on appeals to date.
        The Company is subject to other environmental matters and legal proceedings and claims, including patent, antitrust, product liability, warranty and state dealership regulation compliance proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. Although the final results of all such matters and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes that the ultimate resolution of all such matters and claims will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Actual results could vary, among other things, due to the uncertainties involved in litigation.
        At September 30, 2007, approximately 17% of the Company’s workforce was covered under collective bargaining agreements.
        The Company derives a significant portion of its revenue from the DoD, as follows (in millions):

	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	
	2007
	2006
	2005
	
DoD	 	 	$	1,435.4	 	$	1,189.6	 	$	1,009.5	 	
Foreign Military Sales	 	 	 	22.1	 	 	21.2	 	 	6.0	 	
							
   Total DoD Sales	 	 	$	1,457.5	 	$	1,210.8	 	$	1,015.5	 	
							
        No other customer represented more than 10% of sales for fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005.
        Certain risks are inherent in doing business with the DoD, including technological changes and changes in levels of defense spending. All DoD contracts contain a provision that they may be terminated at any time at the convenience of the government. In such an event, the Company is entitled to recover allowable costs plus a reasonable profit earned to the date of termination.
        Major contracts for military systems are performed over extended periods of time and are subject to changes in scope of work and delivery schedules. Pricing negotiations on changes and settlement of claims often extend over prolonged periods of time. The Company’s ultimate profitability on such contracts may depend on the eventual outcome of an equitable settlement of contractual issues with the Company’s customers.
        Because the Company is a relatively large defense contractor, the Company’s government contract operations are subject to extensive annual audit processes and to U.S. government investigations of business practices and cost classifications from which legal or administrative proceedings can result. Based on government procurement regulations, under certain circumstances a contractor can be fined, as well as suspended or debarred from government contracting. In that event, the Company would also be prohibited from selling equipment or services to customers that depend on loans or financial commitments from the Export Import Bank, Overseas Private Investment Corporation and similar government agencies during a suspension or debarment.
-78-

20.	Business Segment Information	

        The Company is organized into four reportable segments based on the internal organization used by management for making operating decisions and measuring performance and based on the similarity of customers served, common management, common use of facilities and economic results attained. Segments are as follows:
         Access Equipment: This segment consists of JLG. JLG manufactures aerial work platforms and telehandlers used in a wide variety of construction, industrial, institutional and general maintenance applications to position workers and materials at elevated heights. Access equipment customers include equipment rental companies, construction contractors, manufacturing companies, home improvement centers and the U.S. military. Sales to one customer accounted for 14.8%, of the segment’s sales for the year ended September 30, 2007.
         Defense : This segment consists of a division of Oshkosh that manufactures heavy- and medium-payload tactical trucks and supply parts and services for the U.S. military and for other militaries around the world. Sales to the DoD accounted for 92.0% of the segment’s sales for the year ended September 30, 2007.
         Fire & Emergency : This segment includes Pierce, JerrDan, Medtec, Kewaunee, BAI, OSV and the aircraft rescue and firefighting and snow removal divisions of Oshkosh. These units manufacture and market commercial and custom fire vehicles, broadcast vehicles and emergency vehicles primarily for fire departments, airports, other governmental units, hospitals and other care providers, broadcast stations and towing companies in the U.S. and abroad.
         Commercial : This segment includes McNeilus, the Geesink Norba Group, CON-E-CO, London, IMT and the commercial division of Oshkosh. McNeilus, CON-E-CO, London and Oshkosh manufacture, market and distribute concrete mixers, portable concrete batch plants and vehicle and vehicle body components. McNeilus and the Geesink Norba Group manufacture, market and distribute refuse collection vehicles and components and the Geesink Norba Group manufactures and markets waste collection systems and components. IMT is a manufacturer of field service vehicles and truck-mounted cranes for niche markets. Sales are made primarily to commercial and municipal customers in the Americas and Europe.
        The Company evaluates performance and allocates resources based on profit or loss from segment operations before interest income and expense, income taxes and non-recurring items. The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
        Summarized financial information concerning the Company’s reportable segments is shown in the following table. The caption “Corporate and other” includes corporate related items, results of insignificant operations, intersegment eliminations and income and expense not allocated to reportable segments.
        Selected financial data by business segment is as follows (in millions):

	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	
	2007
	2006
	2005
	
Net sales to unaffiliated customers:	 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	
   Access equipment	 	 	$	2,539.5	 	$	--	 	$	--	 	
   Defense	 	 	 	1,416.5	 	 	1,317.2	 	 	1,061.1	 	
   Fire & emergency	 	 	 	1,142.2	 	 	961.5	 	 	841.5	 	
   Commercial	 	 	 	1,248.3	 	 	1,190.3	 	 	1,085.7	 	
   Corporate and other	 	 	 	(39.2	)	 	(41.6	)	 	(28.4	)	
							
      Consolidated	 	 	$	6,307.3	 	$	3,427.4	 	$	2,959.9	 	
							
        Intersegment sales are primarily between the fire & emergency segment and the defense segment.
-79-

	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	
	2007
	2006
	2005
	
Operating income (expense):	 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	
   Access equipment	 	 	$	268.4	 	$	--	 	$	--	 	
   Defense	 	 	 	245.0	 	 	242.2	 	 	210.2	 	
   Fire & emergency	 	 	 	107.5	 	 	90.0	 	 	79.6	 	
   Commercial	 	 	 	57.7	 	 	66.2	 	 	23.8	 	
   Corporate and other	 	 	 	(88.3	)	 	(72.5	)	 	(46.4	)	
							
      Consolidated operating income	 	 	 	590.3	 	 	325.9	 	 	267.2	 	
Interest expense net of interest income	 	 	 	(194.5	)	 	(0.8	)	 	(5.2	)	
Miscellaneous other income (expense)	 	 	 	(0.1	)	 	(0.2	)	 	(1.9	)	
							
Income before provision for income taxes,	 	 		
    equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates	 	 		
    and minority interest	 	 	$	395.7	 	$	324.9	 	$	260.1	 	

	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	
	2007
	2006
	2005
	
Depreciation and amortization:	 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	
   Access equipment	 	 	$	76.1	 	$	--	 	$	--	 	
   Defense	 	 	 	7.1	 	 	6.5	 	 	4.6	 	
   Fire & emergency	 	 	 	17.2	 	 	12.7	 	 	10.7	 	
   Commercial	 	 	 	22.1	 	 	18.0	 	 	16.1	 	
   Corporate and other	 	 	 	6.5	 	 	0.3	 	 	0.3	 	
							
      Consolidated	 	 	$	129.0	 	$	37.5	 	$	31.7	 	

Capital expenditures:	 	 		
   Access equipment	 	 	$	46.1	 	$	--	 	$	--	 	
   Defense	 	 	 	17.6	 	 	12.6	 	 	14.7	 	
   Fire & emergency	 	 	 	16.1	 	 	26.9	 	 	12.3	 	
   Commercial	 	 	 	22.2	 	 	16.5	 	 	16.2	 	

      Consolidated	 	 	$	102.0	 	$	56.0	 	$	43.2	 	

-80-

	September 30,	
	2007
	2006
	2005
	
Identifiable assets:	 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	
  Access equipment:	 	 		
     U.S.	 	 	$	2,845.0	 	$	--	 	$	--	 	
     Europe (a)	 	 	 	1,032.1	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	
     Rest of world	 	 	 	282.5	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	
							
       Total access equipment	 	 	 	4,159.6	 	 	--	 	 	--	 	
   Defense - U.S.	 	 	 	251.5	 	 	244.1	 	 	275.7	 	
   Fire & emergency:	 	 		
     U.S.	 	 	 	761.3	 	 	732.1	 	 	516.7	 	
     Europe	 	 	 	119.0	 	 	120.1	 	 	59.2	 	
							
        Total fire & emergency	 	 	 	880.3	 	 	852.2	 	 	575.9	 	
   Commercial:	 	 		
     U.S. (a)	 	 	 	670.3	 	 	731.4	 	 	497.8	 	
     Other North America (a)	 	 	 	34.5	 	 	25.3	 	 	21.4	 	
     Europe	 	 	 	306.8	 	 	257.7	 	 	248.3	 	
							
        Total Commercial	 	 	 	1,011.6	 	 	1,014.4	 	 	767.5	 	
   Corporate and other - U.S.	 	 	 	96.8	 	 	0.2	 	 	99.2	 	
							
      Consolidated	 	 	$	6,399.8	 	$	2,110.9	 	$	1,718.3	 	

 	(a) Includes investment in unconsolidated affiliates.	

        The following table presents net sales by geographic region based on product shipment destination (in millions):

	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	
	2007
	2006
	2005
	
Net sales:	 	 	 		 	 		 	 		 	
    United States	 	 	$	4,745.5	 	$	2,820.6	 	$	2,500.4	 	
    Other North America	 	 	 	212.8	 	 	76.3	 	 	35.9	 	
    Europe, Africa and Middle East	 	 	 	1,083.7	 	 	431.8	 	 	384.2	 	
    Rest of world	 	 	 	265.3	 	 	98.7	 	 	39.4	 	
							
       Consolidated	 	 	$	6,307.3	 	$	3,427.4	 	$	2,959.9	 	

21.	Unaudited Quarterly Results (in millions, except per share amounts)	

	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2007
	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2006
	
	4th Quarter
	3rd Quarter
	2nd Quarter
	1st Quarter
	4th Quarter
	3rd Quarter
	2nd Quarter
	1st Quarter
	
Net sales	 	 	$	1,792.4	 	$	1,847.3	 	$	1,660.7	 	$	1,006.8	 	$	904.4	 	$	887.9	 	$	844.8	 	$	790.3	 	
Gross income	 	 	 	327.3	 	 	328.4	 	 	274.3	 	 	172.7	 	 	154.7	 	 	155.3	 	 	149.4	 	 	148.9	 	
Net income	 	 	 	85.4	 	 	90.6	 	 	50.9	 	 	41.2	 	 	49.2	 	 	53.4	 	 	49.8	 	 	53.1	 	
Earnings per share:	 	 		
   Basic	 	 	$	1.16	 	$	1.23	 	$	0.69	 	$	0.56	 	$	0.67	 	$	0.73	 	$	0.68	 	$	0.73	 	
   Diluted	 	 	 	1.14	 	 	1.21	 	 	0.68	 	 	0.55	 	 	0.66	 	 	0.72	 	 	0.67	 	 	0.72	 	
Common Stock per share dividends	 	 	$	0.1000	 	$	0.1000	 	$	0.1000	 	$	0.1000	 	$	0.1000	 	$	0.1000	 	$	0.1000	 	$	0.0675	 	

-81-

ITEM 9.	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	

        None.

ITEM 9A.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	

         Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures . In accordance with Rule 13a-15(b) of the Exchange Act, the Company’s management evaluated, with the participation of the Company’s Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of September 30, 2007. Based upon their evaluation of these disclosure controls and procedures, the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of September 30, 2007 to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time period specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms, and to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
         Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of published financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
        The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, has assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, the Company’s management has concluded that, as of September 30, 2007, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting were effective based on that framework.
        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
        Deloitte & Touche LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, issued an audit report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2007, which is included herein.
         Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. The attestation report required under this Item 9A is contained in Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.”
         Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting . There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended September 30, 2007 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.	OTHER INFORMATION	

        The Company has no information to report pursuant to Item 9B.
-82-

PART III

ITEM 10.	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	

        The information to be included under the captions “Governance of the Company – The Board of Directors,” “Governance of the Company – Committees of the Board of Directors – Audit Committee” and “Stock Ownership – Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the annual meeting of shareholders on February 5, 2008, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, is hereby incorporated by reference in answer to this item. Reference is also made to the information under the heading “Executive Officers of the Registrant” included under Part I of this report.
        The Company has adopted the Oshkosh Truck Corporation Code of Ethics Applicable to Directors and Senior Executives that applies to the Company’s Directors, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, the Company’s Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, the Company’s Senior Vice President Finance and Controller and other persons performing similar functions. The Company has posted a copy of the Oshkosh Truck Corporation Code of Ethics Applicable to Directors and Senior Executives on the Company’s website at www.oshkoshtruckcorporation.com , and any such Code of Ethics is available in print to any shareholder who requests it from the Company’s Secretary. The Company intends to satisfy the disclosure requirements under Item 10 of Form 8-K regarding amendments to, or waivers from, the Oshkosh Truck Corporation Code of Ethics Applicable to Directors and Senior Executives by posting such information on its website at www.oshkoshtruckcorporation.com .
        The Company is not including the information contained on its website as part of, or incorporating it by reference into, this report.

ITEM 11.	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	

        The information to be included under the captions “Report of the Human Resources Committee,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Director Compensation” and “Executive Compensation” contained in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the annual meeting of shareholders on February 5, 2008, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, is hereby incorporated by reference in answer to this item.

ITEM 12.	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	

        The information to be included under the caption “Stock Ownership – Stock Ownership of Directors, Executive Officers and Other Large Shareholders” in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the annual meeting of shareholders on February 5, 2008, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, is hereby incorporated by reference in answer to this item.

-83-

Equity Compensation Plan Information
        The following table provides information about the Company’s equity compensation plans as of September 30, 2007.

Plan category
	Number of securities to be
issued upon the exercise of
outstanding options, warrants
and rights (1)
	Weighted-average exercise
price of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
	Number of securities
remaining available for future
issuance under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities reflected
in the first column) (2)
	
Equity compensation plans	 	 	 	
approved by security holders		
 	3,141,994	$32.71	2,131,601	
Equity compensation plans not		
approved by security holders		
 	--	n/a	--	
				
Total	3,141,994	$32.71	2,131,601	

 	(1)	Represents options to purchase the Company’s Common Stock granted under the Company’s 1990 Incentive Stock Plan, as amended, and the Company’s 2004 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan, both of which were approved by the Company’s shareholders.	
 	(2)	Excludes 280,000 shares of nonvested Common Stock subject to vesting after a six-year retention period and 127,210 shares of nonvested Common Stock subject to a three-year vesting period, previously issued under the Company’s 1990 Incentive Stock Plan, as amended, and the Company’s 2004 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan, respectively.	

ITEM 13.	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	

        The information to be included under the caption “Governance of the Company – The Board of Directors,” “Executive Compensation – Pension Benefits,” “Executive Compensation – Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” and “Governance of the Company – Policies and Procedures Regarding Related Person Transactions” in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the annual meeting of shareholders on February 5, 2008, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, is hereby incorporated by reference in answer to this item.

ITEM 14.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES	

        The information to be included under the caption “Report of the Audit Committee” in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the annual meeting of shareholders on February 5, 2008, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, is hereby incorporated by reference in answer to this item.

-84-

PART IV

ITEM 15.	EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES	

(a)	1.	Financial Statements: The following consolidated financial statements of the Company and the report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm included in the Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2007, are contained in Item 8:	

 	Report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended September 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005
Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2007 and 2006
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended September 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	

 	2.	Financial Statement Schedule:	

 	Schedule II - Valuation & Qualifying Accounts	

 	All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, or the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.	

 	3.	Exhibits:	

 	Refer to the Exhibit Index incorporated herein by reference. Each management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this report is identified in the Exhibit Index by an asterisk following the Exhibit Number.	

-85-

SIGNATURES
        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	OSHKOSH TRUCK CORPORATION	

November 21, 2007	By   /S/ Robert G. Bohn	
	       Robert G. Bohn, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer	
        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities on the dates indicated.

November 21, 2007	By   /S/ Robert G. Bohn	
	       Robert G. Bohn, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer	
	       (Principal Executive Officer)	

 November 21, 2007	By   /S/ David M. Sagehorn	
	       David M. Sagehorn, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer	
	       and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)	

November 21, 2007	By   /S/ Thomas J. Polnaszek	
	       Thomas J. Polnaszek, Senior Vice President Finance	
	       and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	

November 21, 2007	By   /S/ J. William Andersen	
	       J. William Andersen, Director	

November 21, 2007	By   /S/ Robert A. Cornog	
	       Robert A. Cornog, Director	

November 21, 2007	By   /S/ Richard M. Donnelly	
	       Richard M. Donnelly, Director	

November 21, 2007	By   /S/ Donald V. Fites	
	       Donald V. Fites, Director	

November 21, 2007	By   /S/ Frederick M. Franks, Jr.	
	       Frederick M. Franks, Jr., Director	

November 21, 2007	By   /S/ Michael W. Grebe	
	       Michael W. Grebe, Director	

November 21, 2007	By   /S/ Kathleen J. Hempel	
	       Kathleen J. Hempel, Director	

November 21, 2007	By   /S/ Harvey N. Medvin	
	       Harvey N. Medvin, Director	

November 21, 2007	By   /S/ J. Peter Mosling, Jr.	
	       J. Peter Mosling, Jr., Director	

November 21, 2007	By   /S/ Timothy J. Roemer	
	       Timothy J. Roemer, Director	

November 21, 2007	By   /S/ Richard G. Sim	
	       Richard G. Sim, Director	

November 21, 2007	By   /S/ Charles L. Szews	
	       Charles L. Szews, Director, President and Chief Operating Officer	

-86-

SCHEDULE II
OSHKOSH TRUCK CORPORATION
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Years Ended September 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005
(In millions)

Fiscal
Year		Balance at
Beginning of
Year	Acquisitions
of
Businesses	Additions
Charged to
Expense	Reductions*	Balance at
End of Year	
2005	 	 	$	6.9	 	$	0.1	 	$	0.6	 	$	(1.2	)	$	6.4	 	

2006	 	 	$	6.4	 	$	0.8	 	$	0.3	 	$	(0.5	)	$	7.0	 	

2007	 	 	$	7.0	 	$	11.9	 	$	10.7	 	$	(0.7	)	$	28.9	 	
											
* Represents amounts written off to the reserve, net of recoveries and foreign currency translation adjustments.

OSHKOSH TRUCK CORPORATION
EXHIBIT INDEX
2007 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

3.1	Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Oshkosh Truck Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated August 16, 2005 (File No. 1-31371)).	

3.2	By-Laws of Oshkosh Truck Corporation, as amended October 19, 2007.	

4.1	Credit Agreement, dated December 6, 2006, among Oshkosh Truck Corporation, the financial institutions party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated December 6, 2006 (File No. 1-31371)).	

4.2	Rights Agreement, dated as of February 1, 1999, between Oshkosh Truck Corporation and Computershare Investor Services, LLC (as successor to Firstar Bank, N.A.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A, dated as of February 1, 1999 (File No. 0-13886)).	

4.3	First Amendment to Rights Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2002, between Oshkosh Truck Corporation, U.S. Bank National Association and Computershare Investor Services, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2002 (File No. 1-31371)).	

10.1	Oshkosh Truck Corporation 1990 Incentive Stock Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2001 (File No. 0-13886)).*	

10.2	Amendment effective November 14, 2006 to Oshkosh Truck Corporation 1990 Incentive Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 1-31371)).*	

10.3	Form of Oshkosh Truck Corporation 1990 Incentive Stock Plan, as amended, Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Reg. No. 33-62687)).*	

10.4	Form of Oshkosh Truck Corporation 1990 Incentive Stock Plan, as amended, Nonqualified Director Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Reg. No. 33-62687)).*	

10.5	Employment Agreement, dated as of October 15, 1998 between Oshkosh Truck Corporation and Robert G. Bohn (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 1998 (File No. 0-13886)).*	

10.6	Oshkosh Truck Corporation Executive Retirement Plan, Amended and Restated effective October 1, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated October 1, 2004 (File No. 1-31371)).*	

10.7	Form of Key Executive Employment and Severance Agreement between Oshkosh Truck Corporation and each of Robert G. Bohn, Bryan J. Blankfield, Joseph H. Kimmitt, John W. Randjelovic, W. John Stoddart, Charles L. Szews, Donald H. Verhoff, Michael J. Wuest and Matthew J. Zolnowski (each of the persons identified have signed this form or a form substantially similar) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000 (File No. 0-13886)).*	

10.8	Employment Agreement, dated September 16, 1996, between Pierce Manufacturing Inc. and John W. Randjelovic (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2000 (File No. 0-1386)).*	

10.9	Amendment effective July 1, 2000 to Employment Agreement, dated as of October 15, 1998, between Oshkosh Truck Corporation and Robert G. Bohn (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2000 (File No. 0-13886)).*	

10.10	Second Amendment effective December 31, 2000 to Employment Agreement, dated as of October 15, 1998, between Oshkosh Truck Corporation and Robert G. Bohn (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2000 (File No. 0-13886)).*	

10.11	Oshkosh Truck Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005 (File No. 1-31371)).*	

10.12	Oshkosh Truck Corporation 2004 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan (incorporated by reference to Attachment B to the Company’s definitive proxy statement filed on Schedule 14A on December 18, 2003 (File No. 1-31371)).*	

10.13	Amendment effective November 14, 2006 to Oshkosh Truck Corporation 2004 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 1-31371)).*	

10.14	Form of Oshkosh Truck Corporation 2004 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan Stock Option Agreement for awards prior to September 19, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Reg. No. 333-114939)).*	

10.15	Form of Oshkosh Truck Corporation 2004 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan Stock Option Agreement for awards on and after September 19, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005 (File No. 1-31371)).*	

10.16	Form of Oshkosh Truck Corporation 2004 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan Non-Employee Director Stock Option Award Agreement, for awards prior to September 19, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Reg. No. 333-114939)).*	

10.17	Form of Oshkosh Truck Corporation 2004 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan Non-Employee Director Stock Option Award Agreement, for awards on and after September 19, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005 (File No. 1-31371)).*	

10.18	Form of Oshkosh Truck Corporation 2004 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan Restricted Stock Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated September 14, 2004 (File No. 1-31371)).*	

10.19	Form of Oshkosh Truck Corporation 2004 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated February 1, 2005 (File No. 1-31371)).*	

10.20	Summary of Cash Compensation for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005 (File No. 1-31371)).*	

10.21	Form of Key Executive Employment and Severance Agreement between Oshkosh Truck Corporation and Thomas D. Fenner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2006 (File No. 1-31371)).*	

10.22	Employment Agreement, dated March 20, 2007, between Oshkosh Truck Corporation and Charles L. Szews (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 20, 2007 (File No. 1-31371)).*	

10.23	Confidentiality and Loyalty Agreement, dated March 20, 2007, between Oshkosh Truck Corporation and Charles L. Szews (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 20, 2007 (File No. 1-31371)).*	

10.24	Resolutions of the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of Oshkosh Truck Corporation, adopted September 17, 2007, approving terms of performance share awards under the Oshkosh Truck Corporation 2004 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan.*	

11	Computation of per share earnings (contained in Note 16 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2007).	

21	Subsidiaries of Registrant.	

23	Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.	

31.1	Certification by the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, dated November 21, 2007.	

31.2	Certification by the Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, dated November 21, 2007.	

32.1	Written Statement of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, dated November 21, 2007.	

32.2	Written Statement of the Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, dated November 21, 2007.	

*Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
  
Exhibit 3.2

 	Amended October 19, 2007
Effective Immediately
Unless Otherwise Noted	

BY-LAWS
OF
OSHKOSH TRUCK CORPORATION
(a Wisconsin corporation)
ARTICLE I. OFFICES
        1.01.        Principal and Business Offices . The corporation may have such principal and other business offices, either within or without the State of Wisconsin, as the Board of Directors may designate or as the business of the corporation may require from time to time.
        1.02.        Registered Office . The registered office of the corporation required by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law to be maintained in the State of Wisconsin may be, but need not be, identical with the principal office in the State of Wisconsin, and the address of the registered office may be changed from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the registered agent. The business office of the registered agent of the corporation shall be identical to such registered office.
ARTICLE II. SHAREHOLDERS
        2.01.        Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the shareholders (the “ Annual Meeting ”) shall be held on the first Tuesday in February of each year at such time or on such other date as may be fixed by or under the authority of the Board of Directors. If the day fixed for the Annual Meeting shall be a legal holiday in the State of Wisconsin, then such meeting shall be held on the next succeeding Business Day (as defined below). In fixing a meeting date for any Annual Meeting, the Board of Directors may consider such factors as it deems relevant within the good faith exercise of its business judgment. At each Annual Meeting, the shareholders shall elect individuals to the Board of Directors in accordance with the articles of incorporation. At any such Annual Meeting, only other business properly brought before the Annual Meeting in accordance with Section 2.11 may be transacted.
        2.02.        Special Meeting .
               (a)        A special meeting of the shareholders (a “ Special Meeting ”) may be called only by (i) a majority of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chairman of the Board or (iii) the President. The President shall call a Special Meeting upon the demand, in accordance with this Section 2.02, of the holders of record representing at least 10% of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at the Special Meeting.

               (b)        To enable the corporation to determine the shareholders entitled to demand a Special Meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date to determine the shareholders entitled to make such a demand (the “ Demand Record Date ”). The Demand Record Date shall not precede the date on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution fixing the Demand Record Date and shall not be more than ten days after the date on which the resolution fixing the Demand Record Date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any shareholder of record entitled to demand a Special Meeting who is seeking to have shareholders demand a Special Meeting shall, by sending written notice to the Secretary at the principal offices of the corporation, by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, request the Board of Directors to fix a Demand Record Date. The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within ten days after the date on which a valid request to fix a Demand Record Date is received, adopt a resolution fixing the Demand Record Date and shall make a public announcement of such Demand Record Date. If no Demand Record Date has been fixed by the Board of Directors within ten days after the date on which such request is received by the Secretary at the principal offices of the corporation, then the Demand Record Date shall be the 10 th day after the first date on which a valid written request to set a Demand Record Date is received by the Secretary at the principal offices of the corporation. To be valid, such written request shall set forth the purpose or purposes for which the Special Meeting is to be held, shall be signed by one or more shareholders of record and by the beneficial owner or owners, if any, on whose behalf the request is made, shall bear the date of signature of each such shareholder and any such beneficial owner and shall set forth all information about each such shareholder and any such beneficial owner that would be required to be set forth in a shareholder’s notice described in Section 2.11(a)(ii) as if the notice related to an Annual Meeting.
               (c)        For a shareholder or shareholders to demand a Special Meeting, a written demand or demands for a Special Meeting by the holders of record as of the Demand Record Date of shares representing at least 10% of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at the Special Meeting, calculated as if the Demand Record Date were the record date for the Special Meeting, must be delivered to the Secretary at the principal offices of the corporation. To be valid, each written demand by a shareholder for a Special Meeting shall set forth the specific purpose or purposes for which the Special Meeting is to be held (which purpose or purposes shall be limited to the purpose or purposes set forth in the written request to set a Demand Record Date received by the corporation pursuant to Section 2.02(b)), shall be signed by one or more persons who as of the Demand Record Date are shareholders of record and by the beneficial owners, if any, on whose behalf the demand is made, shall bear the date of signature of each such shareholder and any such beneficial owner, shall set forth the name and address of each such shareholder (as they appear in the corporation’s books) and any such beneficial owner signing such demand and the class and number of shares of the corporation that are owned of record and/or beneficially by each such shareholder and any such beneficial owner, shall be sent to the Secretary at the principal offices of the corporation, by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and shall be received by the Secretary at the principal offices of the corporation within seventy days after the Demand Record Date.
               (d)        The corporation shall not be required to call a Special Meeting upon shareholder demand unless, in addition to the documents required by Section 2.02(c), the Secretary receives a written agreement signed by each Soliciting Shareholder (as defined below) pursuant to which each Soliciting Shareholder, jointly and severally, agrees to pay the corporation’s costs of holding the Special Meeting, including the costs of preparing and mailing proxy materials for the corporation’s own solicitation, provided that if each of the resolutions introduced by any Soliciting Shareholder at such meeting is adopted, and each of the individuals nominated by or on behalf of any Soliciting Shareholder for election as a director at such meeting is elected, then the Soliciting Shareholders shall not be required to pay such costs. For purposes of these by-laws, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

 	        (i)        “ Affiliate ” of any Person (as defined herein) shall mean any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such first Person.	

2

 	        (ii)        “ Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of Wisconsin are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.	

 	        (iii)        “ Participant ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 14a-12 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”).	

 	        (iv)        “ Person ” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity.	

 	        (v)        “ Proxy ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 14a-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act.	

 	        (vi)        “ Solicitation ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 14a-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act.	

 	        (vi)        “ Soliciting Shareholder ” shall mean, with respect to any Special Meeting demanded by a shareholder or shareholders, each of the following Persons:	

 	        (A)        if the number of shareholders signing the demand or demands of meeting delivered to the Secretary at the principal offices of the corporation pursuant to Section 2.02(c) is ten or fewer, each Person signing any such demand; or	

 	        (B)        if the number of shareholders signing the demand or demands of meeting delivered to the corporation pursuant to Section 2.02(c) is more than ten, each Person who either (I) was a Participant in any Solicitation of such demand or demands or (II) at the time of the delivery to the Secretary at the principal offices of the corporation of the documents described in Section 2.02(c) had engaged or intends to engage in any Solicitation of Proxies for use at such Special Meeting (other than a Solicitation of Proxies on behalf of the corporation).	

 	A “ Soliciting Shareholder ” shall also mean each Affiliate of a Soliciting Shareholder described in clause (A) or (B) above who is a member of such Soliciting Shareholder’s “group” for purposes of Rule 13d-5(b) under the Exchange Act, and any other Affiliate of such a Soliciting Shareholder, if a majority of the directors then in office determines, reasonably and in good faith, that such Affiliate should be required to sign the written notice described in Section 2.02(c) and/or the written agreement described in this Section 2.02(d) to prevent the purposes of this Section 2.02 from being evaded.	

               (e)        Except as provided in the following sentence, any Special Meeting shall be held at such date and hour as may be designated by whichever of the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board shall have called such meeting. In the case of any Special Meeting called by the Chairman of the Board upon the demand of shareholders (a “Demand Special Meeting ”), such meeting shall be held at such date and hour as may be designated by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that the date of any Demand Special Meeting shall be not more than seventy days after the Meeting Record Date (as defined in Section 2.05(a)); and provided further that in the event that the directors then in office fail to designate a date and hour for a Demand Special Meeting within ten days after the date that valid written demands for such meeting by the holders of record as of the Demand Record Date of shares representing at least 10% of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at the Special Meeting, calculated as if the Demand Record Date were the record date for the Special Meeting, are delivered to the corporation (the “ Delivery Date ”), then such meeting shall be held at 10:00 A.M., local time, on the 100th day after the Delivery Date or, if such 100th day is not a Business Day, on the first preceding Business Day. In fixing a meeting date for any Special Meeting, the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board may consider such factors as it, he or she deems relevant within the good faith exercise of its, his or her business judgment, including, without limitation, the nature of the action proposed to be taken, the facts and circumstances surrounding any demand for such meeting and any plan of the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board to call an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting for the conduct of related business.
3

               (f)        The corporation may engage regionally or nationally recognized independent inspectors of elections to act as an agent of the corporation for the purpose of promptly performing a ministerial review of the validity of any purported written demand or demands for a Special Meeting received by the Secretary. For the purpose of permitting the inspectors to perform such review, no purported demand shall be deemed to have been delivered to the corporation until the earlier of (i) five Business Days following receipt by the Secretary of such purported demand and (ii) such date as the independent inspectors certify to the corporation that the valid demands received by the Secretary represent at least 10% of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at the Special Meeting, calculated as if the Demand Record Date were the record date for the Special Meeting. Nothing contained in this Section 2.02(f) shall in any way be construed to suggest or imply that the Board of Directors or any shareholder shall not be entitled to contest the validity of any demand, whether during or after such five Business Day period, or to take any other action (including, without limitation, the commencement, prosecution or defense of any litigation with respect thereto).
        2.03.        Place of Meeting . The Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board may designate any place, either within or without the State of Wisconsin, as the place of meeting for any Annual Meeting or Special Meeting. If no designation is made, then the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the corporation. Any meeting may be postponed or adjourned pursuant to Section 2.07 to reconvene at any place designated by vote of the Board of Directors or by the Chairman of the Board.
        2.04.        Notice of Meeting .
               (a)        Written notice stating the place, day and hour of an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting shall be delivered not less than ten days nor more than seventy days before the date of the meeting (unless a different date is required by the law or the articles of incorporation), by or at the direction of the Chairman of the Board or the Secretary, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting and to such other persons as are required by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law. In the event of any Demand Special Meeting, such notice of meeting shall be sent prior to the later of (x) the two days after the Meeting Record Date for such Demand Special Meeting and (y) thirty days after the Delivery Date. For purposes of this Section 2.04, notice by “electronic transmission” (as defined in the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law) is written notice. Written notice pursuant to this Section 2.04 shall be deemed to be effective (a) when mailed, if mailed postpaid and addressed to the shareholder’s address shown in the corporation’s current record of shareholders or (b) when electronically transmitted to the shareholder in a manner authorized by the shareholder.
               (b)        In the case of any Special Meeting, (i) the notice of meeting shall describe any business that the Board of Directors shall have theretofore determined to bring before the meeting and (ii) in the case of a Demand Special Meeting, the notice of meeting (A) shall describe any business set forth in the statement of purpose of the demands received by the corporation in accordance with Section 2.02, (B) shall contain all of the information required in the notice received by the corporation in accordance with Section 2.11(b) and (C) shall describe any business that the Board of Directors shall have theretofore determined to bring before the Demand Special Meeting. Except as otherwise provided in these by-laws, in the articles of incorporation or in the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, the notice of an Annual Meeting need not include a description of the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.
4

               (c)        If any Annual Meeting or Special Meeting is adjourned to a different date, time or place, then the corporation shall not be required to give notice of the new date, time or place if the new date, time or place is announced at the meeting before adjournment; provided, however, that if a new Meeting Record Date for an adjourned meeting is or must be fixed, then the corporation shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to persons who are shareholders as of the new Meeting Record Date.
        2.05.        Fixing of Record Date .
               (a)        The Board of Directors may fix in advance a date not less than ten days and not more than seventy days prior to the date of an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting as the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, such meeting (the “ Meeting Record Date ”). In the case of any Demand Special Meeting, (i) the Meeting Record Date shall be not later than the 30 th day after the Delivery Date and (ii) if the Board of Directors fails to fix the Meeting Record Date within thirty days after the Delivery Date, then the close of business on such 30 th day shall be the Meeting Record Date. The shareholders of record on the Meeting Record Date shall be the shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual Meeting or Special Meeting. When a determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at the Annual Meeting or Special Meeting has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall be applied to any adjournment thereof unless the Board of Directors fixes a new Meeting Record Date and except as otherwise required by law. A new Meeting Record Date must be set if a meeting is adjourned to a date more than one hundred twenty days after the date fixed for the original meeting.
               (b)        The Board of Directors may also fix in advance a date as the record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to take any other action or determining shareholders for any other purpose other than those set forth in Section 2.02(a) and Section 2.05(a). Such record date shall not be more than seventy days prior to the date on which the particular action, requiring such determination of shareholders, is to be taken. If the Board of Directors does not fix a record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive a share dividend or distribution (other than a distribution involving a purchase, redemption or other acquisition of the corporation’s shares), then the close of business on the date on which the resolution of the Board of Directors is adopted declaring the dividend or distribution shall be the record date.
        2.06.        Voting Records . After a Meeting Record Date has been fixed, the corporation shall prepare a list of the names of all of the shareholders entitled to notice of the meeting. The shareholders’ list shall be arranged by class or series of shares, if any, and show the address of and number of shares held by each shareholder. Any shareholder or his, her or its agent or attorney, on written demand, may inspect the shareholders’ list beginning two Business Days after the corporation gives the notice of the meeting for which the shareholders’ list was prepared and continuing to the date of the meeting, at the corporation’s principal office or at a place identified in the meeting notice in the city where the meeting will be held and, if and to the extent entitled to do so under the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, may copy the shareholders’ list, during regular business hours and at his, her or its expense, during the period that it is available for inspection hereunder. The corporation shall make the shareholders’ list available at the meeting and any shareholder or his, her or its agent or attorney may inspect the shareholders’ list at any time during the meeting or any adjournment thereof. The original stock transfer books of the corporation shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to inspect the shareholders’ list or to vote at any meeting of the shareholders. Refusal or failure to prepare or make available the shareholders’ list shall not affect the validity of any action taken at a meeting of shareholders.
5

        2.07.        Quorum; Postponement; Adjournments .
               (a)        Shares entitled to vote as a separate voting group may take action on a matter at an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting only if a quorum of those shares exists with respect to that matter. Except as otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation or in the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on a matter by the voting group shall constitute a quorum of that voting group for action on that matter. Once a share is represented for any purpose at an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting, other than for the purpose of objecting to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, it is considered present for purposes of determining whether a quorum exists for the remainder of the meeting and for any adjournment of the meeting unless a new Meeting Record Date is or must be set for the adjourned meeting. If a quorum exists, then action on a matter, other than the election of directors, by a voting group is approved if the votes cast within the voting group favoring the action exceed the votes cast opposing the action, unless the articles of incorporation or the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law requires a greater number of affirmative votes. Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, each director shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors at a meeting at which a quorum is present.
               (b)        The Board of Directors acting by resolution may postpone and reschedule any previously scheduled Annual Meeting or Special Meeting; provided, however, that a Demand Special Meeting shall not be postponed beyond the 100 th day following the Delivery Date. Any Annual Meeting or Special Meeting may be adjourned from time to time, whether or not there is a quorum, (i) at any time, upon a resolution by shareholders if the votes cast in favor of such resolution by the holders of shares of each voting group entitled to vote on any matter theretofore properly brought before the meeting exceed the number of votes cast against such resolution by the holders of shares of each such voting group or (ii) at any time prior to the transaction of any business at such meeting, by the Chairman of the Board or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that a Demand Special Meeting adjourned pursuant to clause (ii) must be reconvened on or before the 100 th day following the Delivery Date. No notice of the time and place of adjourned meetings need be given except as required by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.
        2.08.        Conduct of Meetings . The Chairman of the Board or, in his or her absence, the President or, in the President’s absence, a Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, shall call any Annual Meeting or Special Meeting to order and shall act as chairman of the meeting, and the Secretary shall act as secretary of all meetings of the shareholders, but, in the absence of the Secretary, the presiding officer may appoint any other person to act as secretary of the meeting. The Board of Directors may, to the extent not prohibited by law, adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations or procedures and to do such acts as, in the judgment of the chairman of the meeting, are appropriate for the proper conduct of an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may to the extent not prohibited by law include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (b) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (c) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to shareholders of record of the corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies (which shall be reasonable in number) or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (d) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; (e) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants; (f) rules and procedures regarding the execution of election ballots before or after the time fixed for the commencement of the meeting; (g) the appointment of an inspector of election or an officer or agent of the corporation authorized to tabulate votes; and (h) rules and procedures to facilitate the conduct of, and participation in, the meeting by electronic means.
6

        2.09.        Proxies . At any Annual Meeting or Special Meeting, a shareholder entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy. A shareholder entitled to vote at any Annual Meeting or Special Meeting may authorize another person to act for the shareholder by appointing the person as a proxy. The means by which a shareholder or the shareholder’s authorized officer, director, employee, agent or attorney-in-fact may authorize another person to act for the shareholder by appointing the person as proxy include:
               (a)        Appointment of a proxy in writing by signing or causing the shareholder’s signature to be affixed to an appointment form by any reasonable means, including, without limitation, by facsimile signature.
               (b)        Appointment of a proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of an electronic transmission of the appointment to the person who will be appointed as proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent authorized to receive the transmission by the person who will be appointed as proxy. Every electronic transmission shall contain, or be accompanied by, information that can be used to reasonably determine that the shareholder transmitted or authorized the transmission of the electronic transmission. Any person charged with determining whether a shareholder transmitted or authorized the transmission of the electronic transmission shall specify the information upon which the determination is made.
        An appointment of a proxy is effective when a signed appointment form or an electronic transmission of the appointment is received by the inspector of election or the officer or agent of the corporation authorized to tabulate votes. Unless the appointment form or electronic transmission states that the proxy is irrevocable and the appointment is coupled with an interest, a proxy may be revoked at any time before it is voted, either by written notice filed with the Secretary or the secretary of the meeting or by oral notice given by the shareholder to the presiding officer during the meeting. The presence of a shareholder who has made an effective proxy appointment shall not of itself constitute a revocation. A proxy appointment is valid for eleven months unless a different period is expressly provided in the appointment. The Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board and the President each shall have the power and authority to make rules as to the validity and sufficiency of proxies.
        2.10.        Voting of Shares . Each outstanding share shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at any Annual Meeting or Special Meeting, except to the extent that the voting rights of the shares of any class or classes are enlarged, limited or denied by the articles of incorporation.
        2.11.        Notice of Shareholder Business and Nomination of Directors .
               (a)        Annual Meetings .

 	        (i)        Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of business to be considered by the shareholders may be made at an Annual Meeting (A) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (C) by any shareholder of the corporation who (1) is a shareholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 2.11, (2) is entitled to vote with respect to such nomination or other business at the meeting under the articles of incorporation and (3) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.11.	

7

 	        (ii)        For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an Annual Meeting by a shareholder pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(i)(C), the shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice shall be received by the Secretary at the principal offices of the corporation not less than forty-five days nor more than seventy days prior to the first annual anniversary of the date set forth in the corporation’s proxy statement for the immediately preceding Annual Meeting as the date on which the corporation first mailed or intended to mail definitive proxy materials for the immediately preceding Annual Meeting (the “ Anniversary Date ”); provided, however, that if the date for which the Annual Meeting is called more than thirty days before or more than thirty days after the first annual anniversary of the immediately preceding Annual Meeting, then notice by the shareholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 100 th day prior to the date of such Annual Meeting and not later than the later of (A) the 75 th day prior to the date of such Annual Meeting or (B) the 10 th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such Annual Meeting is first made. In no event shall the announcement of an adjournment of an Annual Meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a shareholder notice as described above. Such shareholder’s notice shall be signed by the shareholder of record who intends to make the nomination or introduce the other business and by the beneficial owner or owners, if any, on whose behalf the shareholder is acting, shall bear the date of signature of such shareholder and any such beneficial owner and shall set forth: (I) the name and address of such shareholder (as they appear on the corporation’s books) and any such beneficial owner; (II) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are owned of record and/or beneficially by such shareholder and any such beneficial owner; (III) a representation that such shareholder is a holder of record of shares of the corporation entitled to vote under the articles of incorporation at such meeting with respect to such nomination or other business and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to make such nomination or introduce such other business; (IV) in the case of any proposed nomination for election or re-election as a director, (1) the name and residence address of the person or persons to be nominated, (2) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such shareholder and any such beneficial owner and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination is to be made by such shareholder and any such beneficial owner, (3) such other information regarding each nominee proposed by such shareholder and any such beneficial owner as would be required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for elections of directors, or would be otherwise required to be disclosed, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, including any information that would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to Regulation 14A had the nominee been nominated by the Board of Directors and (4) the written consent of each nominee to be named in a proxy statement and to serve as a director of the corporation if so elected; (V) in the case of any proposed removal of a director, (1) the names of the directors to be removed and (2) the reasons of such shareholder and any such beneficial owner for asserting that such directors should be removed; and (VI) in the case of any other business that such shareholder and any such beneficial owner propose to bring before the meeting, (1) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting and, if such business includes a proposal to amend these by-laws, the language of the proposed amendment, (2) the reasons of such shareholder and any such beneficial owner for conducting such business at the meeting and (3) any material interest in such business of such shareholder and any such beneficial owner.	

 	        (iii)        Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 2.11(a)(ii) to the contrary, if the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the corporation at least forty-five days prior to the Anniversary Date, then a shareholder’s notice required by this Section 2.11 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation.	

8

               (b)        Special Meetings . Only such business shall be conducted at a Special Meeting as shall have been described in the notice of meeting sent to shareholders pursuant to Section 2.04. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a Special Meeting at which directors are to be elected pursuant to such notice of meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any shareholder of the corporation who (A) is a shareholder of record at the time of giving of such notice of meeting, (B) is entitled to vote with respect to such nominations at the meeting under the articles of incorporation and (C) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.11. Any shareholder permitted to nominate persons for election to the Board of Directors pursuant to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence who desires to nominate persons for election to the Board of Directors at such a Special Meeting shall cause a written notice to be received by the Secretary at the principal offices of the corporation not earlier than ninety days prior to such Special Meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (I) the 60th day prior to such Special Meeting and (II) the 10th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of such Special Meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. Such written notice shall be signed by the shareholder of record who intends to make the nomination and by the beneficial owner or owners, if any, on whose behalf the shareholder is acting, shall bear the date of signature of such shareholder and any such beneficial owner and shall set forth: (1) the name and address of such shareholder (as they appear in the corporation’s books) and any such beneficial owner; (2) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are owned of record and/or beneficially by such shareholder and any such beneficial owner; (3) a representation that such shareholder is a holder of record of shares of the corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to make the nomination specified in the notice; (4) the name and residence address of the person or persons to be nominated; (5) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such shareholder and any such beneficial owner and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination is to be made by such shareholder and any such beneficial owner; (6) such other information regarding each nominee proposed by such shareholder and any such beneficial owner as would be required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for elections of directors, or would be otherwise required to be disclosed, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, including any information that would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to Regulation 14A had the nominee been nominated by the Board of Directors; and (7) the written consent of each nominee to be named in a proxy statement and to serve as a director of the corporation if so elected.
               (c)        General .

 	        (i)        Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.11 shall be eligible to be elected as directors at an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting. Only such business shall be conducted at an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting as shall have been brought before such meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.11. The chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.11 and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with this Section 2.11, to declare that such defective proposal shall be disregarded.	

9

 	        (ii)        For purposes of this Section 2.11, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.	

 	        (iii)        Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.11, a shareholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.11. Nothing in this Section 2.11 shall be deemed to limit the corporation’s obligation to include shareholder proposals in its proxy statement if such inclusion is required by Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act	

        2.12       Voting of Shares by Certain Holders.
               (a)        Other Corporations . Shares standing in the name of another corporation may be voted, either in person or by proxy, by the president of such other corporation or any other officers appointed by such president. An appointment of a proxy executed by any principal officer of such other corporation or assistant thereto shall be conclusive evidence of the signer’s authority to act, in the absence of express notice to the contrary, given in writing by the Board of Directors of such other company to the Secretary.
               (b)        Legal Representatives and Fiduciaries . Shares held by an administrator, executor, guardian, conservator, trustee in bankruptcy, receiver or assignee for creditors may be voted by such person, either in person or by proxy, without a transfer of such shares into such person’s name, provided that there is filed with the Secretary before or at the time of the meeting proper evidence of such person’s incumbency and the number of shares held. Shares held by a fiduciary may be voted by the person acting in such capacity, either in person or by proxy. A proxy executed by a fiduciary, shall be conclusive evidence of the signer’s authority to act, in the absence of express notice to the contrary, given in writing to the Secretary.
               (c)        Pledges . A shareholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee, and thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.
               (d)        Treasury Stock and Subsidiaries . Neither treasury shares nor shares held by another corporation if a majority of the shares entitled to vote for the election of directors of such other corporation is held by this corporation shall be voted at any Annual Meeting or Special Meeting or counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to vote, but shares of its own issue held by this corporation in a fiduciary capacity, or held by such other corporation in a fiduciary capacity, shall be entitled to vote and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to vote.
               (e)        Minors . Shares held by a minor may be voted by such minor in person or by proxy, and no such vote shall be subject to disaffirmance or avoidance, unless, prior to such vote, the Secretary has received written notice or has actual knowledge that such shareholder is a minor.
               (f)        Incompetents and Spendthrifts . Shares held by a incompetent or spendthrift may be voted by such incompetent or spendthrift in person or by proxy, and no such vote shall be subject to disaffirmance or avoidance, unless, prior to such vote the Secretary, has actual knowledge that such shareholder has been adjudicated an incompetent or spendthrift or has actual knowledge of filing of judicial proceedings for appointment of a guardian.
10

               (g)        Joint Tenants . Shares registered in the names of two or more individuals who are named in the registration as joint tenants may be voted in person or by proxy signed by any one or more of such individuals if either (i) no other such individual or his or her legal representative is present at the meeting and claims the right to participate in the voting of such shares or prior to the vote filed with the Secretary a contrary written voting authorization or direction or written denial of authority of the individual present or signing the proxy proposed to be voted or (ii) all such other individuals are deceased and the Secretary has no actual knowledge that the survivor has been adjudicated not to be the successor to the interest of those deceased.
        2.12.        Waiver of Notice by Shareholders . Whenever any notice is required to be given to any shareholder of the corporation under the articles of incorporation, these by-laws or any provision of law, a waiver thereof in writing, signed at any time, whether before or after the time of the meeting, and delivered to the Secretary for inclusion in the corporation’s records, by the shareholder entitled to such notice, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice; provided that such waiver in respect to any matter of which notice is required under any provision of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law shall contain the same information as would have been required to be included in such notice, except the date, time and place of the meeting. A shareholder’s attendance at any Annual Meeting or Special Meeting, in person or by proxy, waives objection to all of the following: (a) lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting, unless the shareholder, at the beginning of the meeting or promptly upon arrival, objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting; and (b) consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose described in the meeting notice, unless the shareholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.
        2.13.        Unanimous Consent without Meeting . Any action required or permitted by the articles of incorporation, these by-laws or any provision of law to be taken at an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof and delivered to the Secretary for inclusion in the corporation’s records.
ARTICLE III. BOARD OF DIRECTORS
        3.01.        General Powers and Number . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors. The number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors that the corporation would have if there were no vacancies.
        3.02.        Tenure and Qualifications . Each director shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting, and until his or her successor shall have been elected, or until his or her prior death, resignation or removal. A Director may be removed from office by affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote for the election of such director, taken at a Special Meeting called for that purpose. A director may resign at any time by filing his or her written resignation with the Secretary, which shall be effective when the notice is delivered unless the notice specifies a later date. Directors need not be residents of the State of Wisconsin or shareholders of the corporation. No one shall be eligible for election as a director nor shall any directors be eligible for re-election after attaining the age of seventy-two.
11

        3.03.        Regular Meetings . A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without other notice than this by-law immediately after an Annual Meeting, and each adjourned session thereof. The place of such regular meeting shall be the same as the place of the Annual Meeting that precedes it or such other suitable place as may be announced at the Annual Meeting. The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place, either within or without the State of Wisconsin, for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.
        3.04.        Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Secretary or any two directors. If such meeting shall be called by two directors, the date of the meeting shall be within ten days of receipt by the Secretary or, in his absence by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Assistant Secretary, of their request, at a time determined by such officer. The Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary calling any special meeting of the Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided by by-law, may fix any place, either within or without the State of Wisconsin, as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them, and if no other place is fixed, the place of meeting shall be the principal business office of the corporation in the State of Wisconsin.
        3.05.        Notice; Waiver . Notice of meetings of the Board of Directors (unless otherwise provide in or pursuant to Section 3.03) shall be given by written notice delivered personally or mailed or given by telegram or facsimile to each director at his or her business address or at such other address as such director shall have designated in writing filed with the Secretary, in each case not less five days if by mail and not less than forty-eight hours if by telegram, telephone, teletype, telegraph, facsimile or other form of wire or wireless communication, or personal delivery. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid. If notice be given by telegram or facsimile, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company. Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given to any director of the corporation under the articles of incorporation or these by-laws or any provision of law, a waiver thereof in writing, signed at any time, whether before or after the time of meeting, by the director entitled to such notice, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of objects thereat to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need to be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.
        3.06.        Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law or by the articles of incorporation or these by-laws, a majority of the number of directors as provided in Section 3.01 shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, but a majority of the directors present (though less than such quorum) may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.
        3.07.        Manner of Acting . The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, unless the act of a greater number is required by law or by the articles of incorporation or these by-laws. Annually, at the meeting of the Board of Directors which follows the Annual Meeting, the directors shall choose from among them a Chairman of the Board, who shall serve as such until a successor is elected.
        3.08.        Conduct of Meetings . In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President shall call the meeting of the Board of Directors to order, and shall act as chairman of the meeting, and in their absence any director chosen by the Directors present shall call the meeting of the Board of Directors to order and shall act as chairman of the meeting. The Secretary shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the Board of Directors but, in the absence of the Secretary, the presiding officer may appoint any Assistant Secretary or any director or other person present to act as secretary of the meeting.
12

        3.09.        Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors, including a vacancy created by an increase in the number of directors, may be filled until the next succeeding annual election by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors; provided, that in case of a vacancy created by the removal of a director by vote of the shareholders, the shareholders shall have the right to fill such vacancy at the same meeting or any adjournment thereof; and provided further, that a vacancy filled by the Board of Directors shall be filled by the vote of the remaining director(s) elected by the class of shareholders which would be entitled to fill that vacancy at a meeting of the shareholders.
        3.10.        Compensation . The Board of Directors, by affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, and irrespective of any personal interest of any of its members, may establish from time to time a reasonable compensation for directors of the corporation; provided that persons who are directors and also are officers or employees of the corporation eligible shall be ineligible to receive compensation as directors. By affirmative vote of a majority of such directors, and irrespective of any personal interest of any of them, the Board of Directors also may establish, from time to time, a reasonable compensation for each of the officers of the corporation. The Board of Directors, from time to time, may delegate its authority under this by-law to an appropriate committee. The Board of Directors also shall have authority to provide for or to delegate authority to an appropriate committee to provide for reasonable pensions, disability or death benefits, and other benefits or payments to directors, officers and employees, and to their estates, families, dependents or beneficiaries on account of services rendered by such directors, officers and employees of the corporation.
        3.11.        Presumption of Assent . A director of the corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof of which he or she is a member at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his or her dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he or she shall file his or her written dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered mail to the Secretary of the corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.
        3.12.        Committees . The Board of Directors by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of them then in office may designate one or more committees from time to time. Each such committee shall consist of at least two directors and shall have those of the powers of the Board of Directors as shall be granted to such committee. Each such committee may exercise its power at times when the Board of Directors is not in session, subject to these by-laws and the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law. The Board of Directors also at any time may elect one or more of its members as alternate members of any such committee. Any such alternate, upon request by the Chairman of the Board, or in his or her absence the President, or in his or her absence the Chairman of such committee, may take the place of any absent member or members of the committee at any of its meetings. Except as provided by these by-laws or by resolution of the Board of Directors, each such committee shall fix its own rules governing the conduct of its activities as the Board of Directors may request.
        3.13.        Unanimous Consent Without Meeting . Any action required or permitted by the articles of incorporation or by-laws or any provision of law to be taken by the Board of Directors at a meeting or by resolution may be taken without a meeting, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the directors then in office.
13

        3.14.        Telephonic Meetings . Except as provided by this by-law, any action required or permitted by the articles of incorporation or by-laws or any provision of law to be taken by the Board of Directors at a meeting or by resolution may be taken by a quorum of the Board of Directors at a telephonic meeting or other meeting utilizing electronic communication, if all participating directors: are informed that a meeting is taking place at which official business may be transacted; simultaneously may hear each other during the meeting; immediately is able to send messages to all other participating directors; and if all communication during the meeting immediately is transmitted to each participating director. No meeting of the Board of Directors held pursuant to this by-law may vote upon a plan of merger or shares exchange; or to sell, lease, exchange or otherwise dispose of substantial property or assets of the corporation; to dissolve voluntarily or to revoke voluntary dissolution proceedings; or to file for bankruptcy.
ARTICLE IV. OFFICERS
        4.01.        Number . The principal officers of the corporation shall be a President, any number of Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Treasurer, each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors. Such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary may be elected or appointed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person, except the offices of President and Secretary and the offices of President and Vice President.
        4.02.        Election and Term of Office . The officers of the corporation to be elected by the Board of Directors shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the first meeting of the Board of Directors held after each Annual Meeting. If the election of officers shall not be held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as may be convenient. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected or until his or her prior death, resignation or removal.
        4.03.        Resignation; Removal . Any officer may resign at any time by delivering written notice to an officer of the corporation. A resignation shall be effective when delivered unless the notice specifies a later date which is accepted by the corporation. Any officer or agent may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever in its judgment the best interest of the corporation will be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Election or appointment shall not of itself create contract rights.
        4.04.        Vacancies . A vacancy in any principal office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise shall be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term.
        4.05.        This Section 4.05 is intentionally left vacant.
        4.06.        President and Chief Executive Officer . The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer. Subject to the control of the Board of Directors, he shall be responsible for the control and general management of all of the business and affairs of the corporation. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board he may preside at all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors. He shall see that all resolutions and orders of the Board of Directors and its committees are carried into effect. He shall have authority to sign, execute and acknowledge, on behalf of the corporation, all deeds, mortgages, bonds, stock certificates, contracts, leases, reports and all other documents or instruments necessary or proper to be executed in the course of the ordinary business of the corporation, or which shall be authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law or the Board of Directors, he also may authorize any Vice President or other officer or agent of the corporation to sign, execute and acknowledge such documents or instruments in his place and stead. In general he shall have the powers of supervision of the business of the corporation. He shall have authority, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, to appoint such agents and employees of the corporation as he shall deem necessary, to prescribe their powers, duties and compensation, and to delegate authority to them. Such agents and employees shall hold office at the discretion of the President.
14

        4.07.        The Vice Presidents . In the absence of the President or in the event of his death, inability or refusal to act, or in the event for any reason it shall be impracticable for the President to act personally, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Board of Directors may designate a Vice President as the Chief Financial Officer, in which event he or she shall have responsibility for all financial matters which affect the corporation other than those expressly provided for the Treasurer. Any Vice President may sign, with the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certificates for shares of the corporation; and shall perform such other duties and have such authority as from time to time may be delegated or assigned to him or her by the President or by the Board of Directors. The execution of any instrument of the corporation by any Vice President shall be conclusive evidence, as to third parties, of his or her authority to act in the stead of the President.
        4.08.        The Secretary . The Secretary shall: (a) keep the minutes of the meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors in one or more books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these by-laws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the corporation and see that the seal of the corporation is affixed to all documents the execution of which on behalf of the corporation under its seal is duly authorized; (d) keep or arrange for the keeping of a register of the post office addresses of each shareholder which shall be furnished to the Secretary by such shareholder; (e) sign with the President, or a Vice President, certificates for shares of the corporation, the issuance of which shall have been authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors; (f) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the corporation; and (g) in general perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and have such other duties and exercise such authority as from time to time may be delegated or assigned to him or her by the President or by the Board of Directors.
        4.09.        The Treasurer . The Treasurer shall: (a) have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation; (b) receive and give receipts for money due and payables to the corporation from any source whatsoever, and deposit all such moneys in the name of the corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as shall be selected in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.04; and (c) in general perform all of the duties incident to the office of Treasurer and have such other duties and exercise such other authority as from time to time may be delegated or assigned to him by the President or by the Board of Directors. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine.
        4.10.        Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers . There shall be such number of Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President may from time to time authorize. The Assistant Secretaries may sign with the President or a Vice President certificates for shares of the corporation the issuance of which shall have been authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors. The Assistant Treasurers shall respectively, if required by the Board of Directors, give bonds for the faithful discharge of their duties in such sums and with such sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine. The Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, in general, shall perform such duties and have such authority as shall from time to time be delegated or assigned to them by the Secretary or the Treasurer, respectively, or by the President or the Board of Directors.
15

        4.11.        Other Assistants and Acting Officers . The Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board and the President each shall have the power to appoint any person to act as Assistant to any officer, or as agent for the corporation in his stead, or to perform the duties of such officer whenever for any reason it is impracticable for such officer to act personally, and such assistant or acting officer or other agent so appointed shall have the power to perform all the duties of the office to which he is so appointed to be assistant, or as to which he is so appointed to act, except as such power may be otherwise defined or restricted by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.
        4.12.        Salaries . The salaries of the principal officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors or by a duly authorized committee thereof, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he is also a director of the corporation.
ARTICLE V. CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS
AND DEPOSITS; SPECIAL CORPORATE ACTS
        5.01.        Contracts . The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute or deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation and such authorization may be general or confined to specific instances. In the absence of other designation, all deeds, mortgages and instruments of assignment or pledge made by the corporation shall be executed in the name of the corporation by the President, or, in his absence by one of the Vice Presidents and by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, or Controller. When necessary or required by law, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall affix the corporate seal to all such instruments. When an instrument has been executed in the manner provided by this Section, no party or third person shall be required to inquire into the authority of the officers signing for the corporation so to act.
        5.02.        Loans . No indebtedness for borrowed money shall be contracted on behalf of the corporation and no evidences of such indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by or under the authority of a resolution of the Board of Directors. Such authorization may be general or confined to specific instances.
        5.03.        Checks, Drafts, etc. All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation, shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents, of the corporation and in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by or under the authority of a resolution of the Board of Directors.
        5.04.        Deposits . All funds of the corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as may be selected by or under the authority of a resolution of the Board of Directors.
        5.05.        Voting of Securities Owned by this Corporation . Subject always to the specific directions of the Board of Directors, (a) any shares or other securities issued by any other corporation and owned or controlled by this corporation may be voted at any meeting of security holders of such other corporation by the President and, in his absence, by any Vice President then present, and (b) whenever in the judgment of the President and, in his absence, by any Vice President, it is desirable for this corporation to execute a proxy or written consent in respect to any share or other securities issued by any other corporation and owned by this corporation, such proxy or consent shall be executed in the name of this corporation by the President or, in his absence, by any Vice President, without necessity of any authorization by the Board of Directors, affixation of corporate seal, or counter-signature or attestation by another officer. Any person or persons designated in the manner provided by this Section as the proxy or proxies of this corporation shall have full right, power and authority to vote the shares or other securities issued by such other corporation and owned by this corporation the same as such shares or other securities might be voted by this corporation.
16

ARTICLE VI. SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER
        6.01.        Certificates for Shares . The corporation may issue any shares of the classes or series of capital stock of the corporation without certificates to the full extent that the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the corporation determines that such issuance is appropriate and allowed by applicable law and rules of the New York Stock Exchange, any such determination to be conclusively evidenced by the delivery to the corporation’s transfer agent and registrar by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the corporation of an instrument referring to this bylaw and providing instructions of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the corporation to the transfer agent and registrar to issue any such shares without certificates in accordance with applicable law. In any event, the foregoing authorization does not affect shares already represented by certificates until the certificates are surrendered to the corporation. Certificates, if any, representing shares of the corporation shall be in such form, consistent with law, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors. All certificates shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer or the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. All certificates shall be numbered consecutively or otherwise identified. The name and address of each person to whom a certificate is issued, together with the number of shares represented by the certificate and the date of its issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the corporation. The name and address of each person to whom a share is issued without a certificate, together with the number of shares so issued and the date of their issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the corporation. All certificates surrendered to the corporation shall be canceled. No new certificate for previously issued shares shall be issued until the outstanding certificate(s) for the same share shall have been surrendered and canceled, except as provided by Section 6.06.
        6.02.        Facsimile Signatures and Seal . The seal of the corporation on any certificate for shares may be a facsimile. The signatures of the Chief Executive Officer or the President or Vice President and the Secretary or Assistant Secretary upon a certificate may be facsimiles if the certificate is manually signed on behalf of a transfer agent, or a registrar, other than the corporation itself or an employee of the corporation.
        6.03.        Signature by Former Officers . In case any officer, who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any certificate for shares, shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer at the date of its issue.
        6.04.        Transfer of Shares . Prior to due presentment of a certificate for shares for registration of transfer, and prior to compliance with the customary procedures for transferring shares issued without a certificate, the corporation may treat the registered owner of such shares as the person exclusively entitled to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to have and exercise all the rights and power of an owner. Where a certificate for shares is presented to the corporation with a request to register for transfer, the corporation shall not be liable to the owner or any other person suffering loss as a result of such registration of transfer if (a) there were on or with the certificate the necessary endorsements and (b) the corporation had no duty to inquire into adverse claims or has discharged any such duty. The corporation may require reasonable assurance that said endorsements are genuine and effective and in compliance with such other regulations as may be prescribed by or under the authority of the Board of Directors. Where the corporation receives a request to register for transfer shares issued without a certificate, the corporation shall not be liable to the owner or any other person suffering loss as a result of such registration of transfer if (a) the party requesting the transfer has complied with customary procedures for transferring shares issued without a certificate and (b) the corporation had no duty to inquire into adverse claims or has discharged any such duty.
17

        6.05.        Restrictions on Transfer . The face or reverse side of each certificate representing shares, or the written statement provided to shareholders for shares issued without a certificate, shall bear a conspicuous notation of any restriction imposed by the corporation upon the transfer of such shares.
        6.06.        Lost, Destroyed or Stolen Certificates . Where the owner of a share represented by a certificate claims that his certificate has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, a new certificate shall be issued in place thereof, or the corporation shall enter the name and address of such owner on the stock transfer books of the corporation as a person to whom a share has been issued without a certificate, if the owner (a) so requests before the corporation has notice that such shares have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, and (b) files with the corporation a sufficient indemnity bond, and (c) satisfied such other reasonable requirements as may be prescribed by or under the authority of the Board of Directors.
        6.07.        Consideration for Shares . The shares of the corporation may be issued for such consideration as shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, provided that any shares having a par value shall not be issued for a consideration less than the par value thereof. The consideration to be paid for shares may be paid in whole or in part, in money, on other property, tangible or intangible, or in labor or services actually performed for the corporation. When payment of the consideration for which shares are to be issued shall have been received by the corporation, such shares shall be deemed to be fully paid and nonassessable by the corporation. No certificate shall be issued for any share, and no entry on the stock transfer books of the corporation of a share to be issued without a certificate, until such share is fully paid.
        6.08.        Stock Regulations . The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to make all such further rules and regulations not inconsistent with the statutes of the State of Wisconsin as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of shares of the corporation, whether or not represented by certificates.
ARTICLE VII. INDEMNIFICATION
        7.01        Certain Definitions . The following capitalized terms (including any plural forms thereof) used in this Article VII shall be defined as follows:
               (a)        “ Affiliate ” shall include, without limitation, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust or other enterprise, whether domestic or foreign, that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Corporation.
               (b)        “ Authority ” shall mean the entity selected by the Director or Officer to determine his or her right to indemnification pursuant to Section 7.04.
18

               (c)        “ Board ” shall mean the entire then elected and serving Board of Directors of the Corporation, including all members thereof who are Parties to the subject Proceeding or any related Proceeding.
               (d)        “ Breach of Duty ” shall mean the Director or Officer breached or failed to perform his or her duties to the Corporation and his or her breach of or failure to perform those duties is determined, in accordance with Section 7.04, to constitute conduct as a result of which the Director or Officer is not entitled to mandatory indemnification under the Statute.
               (e)        “ Corporation ,” as used herein and as defined in the Statute and incorporated by reference into the definitions of certain other capitalized terms used herein, shall mean this corporation, including, without limitation, any successor corporation or entity to this corporation by way of merger, consolidation or acquisition of all or substantially all of the capital stock or assets of this corporation.
               (f)        “ Director or Officer ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Statute; provided, that, for purposes of this Article VII, (i) “Director or Officer” shall include a director or officer of a Subsidiary (whether or not otherwise serving as a Director of Officer), (ii) the term “employee benefit plan” as used in the Statute shall include an employee benefit plan sponsored, maintained or contributed to by a Subsidiary and (iii) it shall be conclusively presumed that any Director or Officer serving as a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, member of any governing or decision-making committee, manager, employee or agent of an Affiliate shall be so serving at the request of the Corporation.
               (g)        “ Disinterested Quorum ” shall mean a quorum of the Board who are not Parties to the subject Proceeding or any related Proceeding.
               (h)        “ Expenses ” shall mean and include fees, costs, charges, disbursements, attorney fees and any other expenses incurred in connection with a Proceeding.
               (i)        “ Liability ” shall mean and include the obligation to pay a judgment, settlement, penalty, assessment, forfeiture or fine, including an excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan, and reasonable Expenses.
               (j)        “ Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Statute; provided, that, for purposes of this Article VII, the term “Party” shall also include any Director or Officer or employee of the Corporation who is or was a witness in a Proceeding at a time when he or she has not otherwise been formally named a Party thereto.
               (k)        “ Proceeding ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Statute; provided, that, in accordance with the Statute and for purposes of this Article VII, the term “Proceeding” shall also include all Proceedings (i) brought under (in whole or in part) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, their respective state counterparts, and/or any rule or regulation promulgated under any of the foregoing; (ii) brought before an Authority or otherwise to enforce rights hereunder; (iii) any appeal from a Proceeding; and (iv) any Proceeding in which the Director or Officer is a plaintiff or petitioner because he or she is a Director or Officer; provided, however, that any such Proceeding under this subsection (iv) must be authorized by a majority vote of a Disinterested Quorum.
               (l)        “ Statute ” shall mean the provisions of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, Chapter 180 of the Wisconsin Statutes, relating to indemnification and insurance for Directors, Officers and others, which are contained in Wisconsin Statutes Sections 180.0850 through 180.0859 as of May 16, 2003, as the same shall then be in effect, including any amendments thereto after May 16, 2003, but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent such amendment permits or requires the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than the Statute permitted or required the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment.
19

               (m)        “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation as determined for financial reporting purposes, whether domestic or foreign.
        7.02        Mandatory Indemnification of Directors and Officers . To the fullest extent permitted or required by the Statute, the Corporation shall indemnify a Director or Officer against all Liabilities incurred by or on behalf of such Director or Officer in connection with a Proceeding in which the Director or Officer is a Party because he or she is a Director or Officer.
        7.03        Procedural Requirements .
               (a)        A Director or Officer who seeks indemnification under Section 7.02 shall make a written request therefor to the Corporation. Subject to Section 7.03(b), within sixty days of the Corporation’s receipt of such request, the Corporation shall pay or reimburse the Director or Officer for the entire amount of Liabilities incurred by the Director or Officer in connection with the subject Proceeding (net of any Expenses previously advanced pursuant to Section 7.05).
               (b)        No indemnification shall be required to be paid by the Corporation pursuant to Section 7.02 if, within such sixty-day period, (i) a Disinterested Quorum, by a majority vote thereof, determines that the Director or Officer requesting indemnification engaged in misconduct constituting a Breach of Duty or (ii) a Disinterested Quorum cannot be obtained.
               (c)        In either case of nonpayment pursuant to Section 7.03(b), the Board shall immediately authorize by resolution that an Authority, as provided in Section 7.04, determine whether the Director’s or Officer’s conduct constituted a Breach of Duty and, therefore, whether indemnification should be denied hereunder.
               (d)        (i) If the Board does not authorize an Authority to determine the Director’s or Officer’s right to indemnification hereunder within such sixty-day period and/or (ii) if indemnification of the requested amount of Liabilities is paid by the Corporation, then it shall be conclusively presumed for all purposes that a Disinterested Quorum has affirmatively determined that the Director or Officer did not engage in misconduct constituting a Breach of Duty and, in the case of subsection (i) above (but not subsection (ii)), indemnification by the Corporation of the requested amount of Liabilities shall be paid to the Director or Officer immediately.
        7.04        Determination of Indemnification .
               (a)        If the Board authorizes an Authority to determine a Director’s or Officer’s right to indemnification pursuant to Section 7.03, then the Director or Officer requesting indemnification shall have the absolute discretionary authority to select one of the following as such Authority:

 	        (i)        An independent legal counsel; provided, that such counsel shall be mutually selected by such Director or Officer and by a majority vote of a Disinterested Quorum or, if a Disinterested Quorum cannot be obtained, then by a majority vote of the Board;	

 	        (ii)        A panel of three arbitrators selected from the panels of arbitrators of the American Arbitration Association in Wisconsin; provided, that (A) one arbitrator shall be selected by such Director or Officer, the second arbitrator shall be selected by a majority vote of a Disinterested Quorum or, if a Disinterested Quorum cannot be obtained, then by a majority vote of the Board, and the third arbitrator shall be selected by the two previously selected arbitrators, and (B) in all other respects (other than this Article VII), such panel shall be governed by the American Arbitration Association’s then existing Commercial Arbitration Rules; or	

20

 	        (iii)        A court pursuant to and in accordance with the Statute.	

               (b)        In any such determination by the selected Authority there shall exist a rebuttable presumption that the Director’s or Officer’s conduct did not constitute a Breach of Duty and that indemnification against the requested amount of Liabilities is required. The burden of rebutting such a presumption by clear and convincing evidence shall be on the Corporation or such other party asserting that such indemnification should not be allowed.
               (c)        The Authority shall make its determination within sixty days of being selected and shall submit a written opinion of its conclusion simultaneously to both the Corporation and the Director or Officer.
               (d)        If the Authority determines that indemnification is required hereunder, the Corporation shall pay the entire requested amount of Liabilities (net of any Expenses previously advanced pursuant to Section 7.05), including interest thereon at a reasonable rate, as determined by the Authority, within ten days of receipt of the Authority’s opinion; provided, that, if it is determined by the Authority that a Director or Officer is entitled to indemnification against Liabilities’ incurred in connection with some claims, issues or matters, but not as to other claims, issues or matters, involved in the subject Proceeding, the Corporation shall be required to pay (as set forth above) only the amount of such requested Liabilities as the Authority shall deem appropriate in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding.
               (e)        The determination by the Authority that indemnification is required hereunder shall be binding upon the Corporation regardless of any prior determination that the Director or Officer engaged in a Breach of Duty.
               (f)        All Expenses incurred in the determination process under this Section 7.04 by either the Corporation or the Director or Officer, including, without limitation, all Expenses of the selected Authority, shall be paid by the Corporation.
        7.05       Mandatory Allowance of Expenses.
               (a)        The Corporation shall pay or reimburse from time to time or at any time, within ten days after the receipt of the Director’s or Officer’s written request therefor, the reasonable Expenses of the Director or Officer as such Expenses are incurred; provided, the following conditions are satisfied:

 	        (i)        The Director or Officer furnishes to the Corporation an executed written certificate affirming his or her good faith belief that he or she has not engaged in misconduct which constitutes a Breach of Duty; and	

 	        (ii)        The Director or Officer furnishes to the Corporation an unsecured executed written agreement to repay any advances made under this Section 7.05 if it is ultimately determined by an Authority that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation for such Expenses pursuant to Section 7.04.	

               (b)        If the Director or Officer must repay any previously advanced Expenses pursuant to this Section 7.05, such Director or Officer shall not be required to pay interest on such amounts.
21

        7.06        Indemnification and Allowance of Expenses of Certain Others .
               (a)        The Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion as it deems appropriate, pursuant to a majority vote thereof, indemnify a director or officer of an Affiliate (who is not otherwise serving as a Director or Officer) against all Liabilities, and shall advance the reasonable Expenses, incurred by such director or officer in a Proceeding to the same extent hereunder as if such director or officer incurred such Liabilities because he or she was a Director or Officer, if such director or officer is a Party thereto because he or she is or was a director or officer of the Affiliate.
               (b)        The Corporation shall indemnify an employee who is not a Director or Officer, to the extent he or she has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of a Proceeding, for all reasonable Expenses incurred in the Proceeding if the employee was a Party because he or she was an employee of the Corporation.
               (c)        The Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion as it deems appropriate, pursuant to a majority vote thereof, indemnify (to the extent not otherwise provided in Section 7.06(b)) against Liabilities incurred by, and/or provide for the allowance of reasonable Expenses of, an employee or authorized agent of the Corporation acting within the scope of his or her duties as such and who is not otherwise a Director or Officer.
        7.07        Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of a Director or Officer or any individual who is or was an employee or authorized agent of the Corporation against any Liability asserted against or incurred by such individual in his or her capacity as such or arising from his or her status as such, regardless of whether the Corporation is required or permitted to indemnify against any such Liability under this Article VII.
        7.08        Notice to the Corporation . A Director, Officer or employee shall promptly notify the Corporation in writing when he or she has actual knowledge of a Proceeding which may result in a claim of indemnification against Liabilities or allowance of Expenses hereunder, but the failure to do so shall not relieve the Corporation of any liability to the Director, Officer or employee hereunder unless the Corporation shall have been irreparably prejudiced by such failure (as determined, in the case of Directors or Officers only, by an Authority selected pursuant to Section 7.04(a)).
        7.09        Severability . If any provision of this Article VII shall be deemed invalid or inoperative, or if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that any of the provisions of this Article VII contravene public policy, this Article VII shall be construed so that the remaining provisions shall not be affected, but shall remain in full force and effect, and any such provisions which are invalid or inoperative or which contravene public policy shall be deemed, without further action or deed by or on behalf of the Corporation, to be modified, amended and/or limited, but only to the extent necessary to render the same valid and enforceable; it being understood that it is the Corporation’s intention to provide the Directors and Officers with the broadest possible protection against personal liability allowable under the Statute.
        7.10        Nonexclusivity of Article VII . The rights of a Director, Officer or employee (or any other person) granted under this Article VII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to indemnification against Liabilities or allowance of Expenses which the Director, Officer or employee (or such other person) may be entitled to under any written agreement, Board resolution, vote of shareholders of the Corporation or otherwise, including, without limitation, under the Statute. Nothing contained in this Article VII shall be deemed to limit the Corporation’s obligations to indemnify against Liabilities or allow Expenses to a Director, Officer or employee under the Statute.
22

        7.11        Contractual Nature of Article VII; Changes to Rights . This Article VII shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each Director, Officer and employee of the Corporation and any repeal or other limitation of this Article VII or any repeal or limitation of the Statute or any other applicable law shall not limit any rights of indemnification against Liabilities or allowance of Expenses then existing or arising out of events, acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or limitation, including, without limitation, the right to indemnification against Liabilities or allowance of Expenses for Proceedings commenced after such repeal or limitation to enforce this Article VII with regard to acts, omissions or events arising prior to such repeal or limitation. If the Statute is amended to permit or require the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than this Article VII permits or requires, then this Article VII shall be automatically amended and deemed to incorporate such broader indemnification rights.
ARTICLE VIII. AMENDMENTS
        8.01.        By Shareholders . These by-laws may be altered, amended or repealed and new by-laws may be adopted by the shareholders by affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the shares present or represented and entitled to vote thereon under the articles of incorporation at any Annual Meeting or Special Meeting at which a quorum is in attendance.
        8.02.        By Directors . These by-laws may also be altered, amended or repealed and new by-laws may be adopted by the Board of Directors by affirmative vote of a majority of the number of directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is in attendance; but no by-law adopted by the shareholders shall be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors if the by-law so adopted so provides.
        8.03.        Implied Amendments . Any action taken or authorized by the shareholders or by the Board of Directors, which would be inconsistent with the by-laws then in effect but is taken or authorized by affirmative vote of not less than the number of shares or the number of directors required to amend the by-laws so that the by-laws would be consistent with such action, shall be given the same effect as though the by-laws had been temporarily amended or suspended so far, but only so far, as is necessary to permit the specific action so taken or authorized.

23
  
Exhibit 10.24
RESOLUTIONS OF THE
HUMAN RESOURCES COMMITTEE
OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
OSHKOSH TRUCK CORPORATION
         WHEREAS, Oshkosh Truck Corporation (the “Company”) maintains the Oshkosh Truck Corporation 2004 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan (the “Plan”).
         WHEREAS, capitalized terms used but not defined herein are used as defined in the Plan.
         WHEREAS, the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Committee”) desires to approve Awards of Performance Shares.
         NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the Committee hereby approves the following as the framework for approving such Awards:
        1.        Participants; Performance Shares . As to each specific Award of Performance Shares, the Committee shall approve a list of Participants who will receive the number of Performance Shares listed opposite their names on such list.
        2.        Award Calculation Schedule . The Committee will approve a schedule as to each specific Award of Performance Shares that will set forth different percentiles representing the extent to which the Performance Goal applicable to the Award is achieved and a corresponding percentage of Award shares earned at each percentile. Each Performance Share represents the right to receive a number of Shares equal to the decimal equivalent of the percentage of Award shares earned as reflected on such schedule based upon to the extent to which the Performance Goal is achieved as reflected on such schedule, except that cash will be paid in lieu of any fractional Share.
        3.        Performance Goal . The Performance Goal applicable to the Awards is total shareholder return, which is the annualized rate of return reflecting stock price appreciation plus cash equivalent distributions and reinvestment of dividends as and when paid and the compounded effect of dividends paid on reinvested dividends (“TSR”), for Shares, on the one hand, and for the group of comparator companies reflected on a schedule to be approved by the Committee as to each specific Award of Performance Shares (the “Benchmark Companies”), on the other hand, for a performance period of approximately three years to be designated by the Committee as to each specific Award of Performance Shares (the “Performance Period”), assuming that $100 was invested in Shares and in the stock of each of the Benchmark Companies at the beginning of the Performance Period.

 	        a.        To determine TSR, the average of the closing market prices for the Shares and the Benchmark Companies, respectively, for the first ten trading days of the Performance Period and the average of the closing market prices for the Shares and the Benchmark Companies, respectively, for the last ten trading days of the Performance Period will be used.	

 	        b.        The extent to which the Performance Goal is achieved will be determined by computing TSR for each of the Benchmark Companies, ordering the Benchmark Companies from lowest to highest based upon their respective TSR and determining how TSR for the Shares compares on a percentile basis. For this purpose, TSR for the Shares will equal or exceed a percentile only if it equals or exceeds the lowest TSR for a Benchmark Company that falls at or above the percentile. How TSR for the Shares compares on a percentile basis will then be applied to the award calculation schedule that the Committee approved to determine the number of Shares earned. Determinations will be made in a manner acceptable to the Committee and certified in writing in a manner that complies with Code Section 162(m). The Company will deliver the Shares earned to the Participant promptly after the determination of the number of Shares earned.	

        4.        Termination of Employment; Change of Control .

 	        a.        If the employment of a Participant terminates due to Retirement (whether early Retirement or normal Retirement), death or Disability after the tenth trading day of the Performance Period and prior to the end of the Performance Period and such termination occurs prior to a Change of Control, then the Participant will receive a number of Shares in respect of the Award equal to the product of (i) the number of Shares the Participant would have received had the Performance Period ended on the date of termination multiplied by (ii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days elapsed in the Performance Period prior to such termination and the denominator of which is the number of days in the full Performance Period. Such amount will be calculated and paid promptly following the date of termination.	

 	        b.        The Participant will forfeit any rights under the Award in each of the following cases: (i) if the employment of a Participant terminates at any time prior to the commencement of the Performance Period; (ii) if the employment of a Participant terminates for reasons other than Retirement, death or Disability prior to the end of the Performance Period and such termination occurs prior to a Change of Control; or (iii) if the employment of a Participant terminates due to Retirement, death or Disability during the first ten trading days of the Performance Period and such termination occurs prior to a Change of Control.	

 	        c.        In the event of a Change of Control after the commencement and prior to the end of the Performance Period (and prior to a termination to which 4.a or 4.b applies), a Participant will receive a number of Shares in respect of the Award calculated as if the Performance Period ended on the date of the Change of Control. Further, to determine TSR, (i) if the first public announcement of the event giving rise to the Change of Control occurs on or prior to the tenth trading day of the Performance Period, then the average of the closing market prices for the Shares and the Benchmark Companies, respectively, for the ten trading days preceding the first public announcement of the event giving rise to the Change of Control will be used in lieu of the average of the closing market prices for the Shares and the Benchmark Companies, respectively, for the first ten trading days of the Performance Period, but in no event will trading days prior to the date the Award is approved be used and (ii) the Change of Control Price will be used in lieu of the average of the closing market prices for the Shares for the last ten trading days of the Performance Period. The amount earned will be calculated and paid promptly following the date of the Change of Control.	

 	        d.        In the event of a Change of Control after the end of the Performance Period and prior to the delivery of any Shares earned in respect of the Award, a Participant shall have the right to receive an amount of cash equal to the product of the number of Shares earned and the Change of Control Price.	

        5.        No Dividends . Performance Shares as such will not entitle a Participant to receive dividend payments or dividend equivalent payments with respect to any Shares. However, at such time as the Company delivers Shares earned to a Participant, the Company will also deliver a number of Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the aggregate amount of cash dividends that the Company would have paid on the Shares earned over the course of the period commencing at the start of the Performance Period and ending on the date of delivery of the Shares earned had the Shares earned been outstanding on record dates for dividends during such period by (b) the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date five business days prior to the date the Company delivers Shares earned to a Participant.
        6.        Tax Matters .

 	        a.        A Participant may defer the delivery of Shares that are issuable in respect of an Award pursuant to the Oshkosh Truck Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Officers by delivering an election prior to the date the Award is approved.	

 	        b.        To satisfy the federal, state and local withholding tax obligations of a Participant arising in connection with an Award, the Company will withhold Shares otherwise issuable under the Award having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount to be withheld. However, the amount to be withheld will not exceed the total minimum federal, state and local tax withholding obligations associated with the transaction. If the number of Shares to be withheld shall include a fractional share, then the number of Shares withheld shall be increased to the next higher whole number, and the Company shall deliver to the Participant cash in lieu of such fractional share representing such increase.	

 	        c.        The Awards will not be considered “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m) unless prior to the date of the Award the Company’s shareholders have approved TSR as a performance measure.	

        7.        Beneficiary . A Participant may from time to time designate in writing, in a manner acceptable to the Company, a beneficiary to receive payment under the Award after the Participant’s death.
        8.        Award Agreement . These resolutions constitute an award agreement relating to the Awards for purposes of the Plan.
         FURTHER RESOLVED, that for the purpose of approving Awards of Performance Shares pursuant to the foregoing resolutions, the Committee approves the following:

        1.        Participants; Performance Shares . The Participants listed on Exhibit A are receiving the number of Performance Shares listed opposite their names on such exhibit.
        2.        Award Calculation Schedule . Each Performance Share represents the right to receive a number of Shares equal to the whole number equivalent of the percentage of Award shares earned as reflected on Exhibit B based upon the extent to which the Performance Goal is achieved as reflected on Exhibit B.
        3.        Benchmark Companies . The Benchmark Companies are as reflected on Exhibit C.
        4.        Performance Period . The Performance Period is the period from October 1, 2007 through September 30, 2010.

Exhibit A

Participant
	Performance Shares
	
Robert G. Bohn	20,500 	
	
Bryan J. Blankfield	3,500 	
	
Thomas D. Fenner	2,200 	
	
Joseph (Jay) H. Kimmitt	2,500 	
	
Craig E. Paylor	3,300 	
	
David Sagehorn	1,700 	
	
William J. Stoddart	2,600 	
	
Charles L. Szews	7,000 	
	
Donald H. Verhoff	1,700 	
	
Michael J. Wuest	2,500 	
	
Matthew J. Zolnowski	3,000 	

Exhibit B
Award Calculation Schedule

3 year TSR Percentile
	% of Award Shares Earned
	
Below 40 th percentile	0%	
	
40 th percentile	50%	
	
60 th percentile	100%	
	
80 th percentile	200%	
	
Note: Awards will be interpolated for performance between these levels.

Exhibit C
Benchmark Companies
The Benchmark Companies are the issuers comprising the S&P Mid-Cap 400 as it exists on the last day of the Performance Period, excluding any issuer that does not have a continuous trading history for the period from the first day of the Performance Period through the last day of the Performance Period and excluding the Company if it is then part of the S&P Mid-Cap 400.
  
Exhibit 21
Subsidiaries of the Company
        Listed below are the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries as of the date of this report. Names of certain inactive or minor subsidiaries have been omitted.

Name	State or Other Jurisdiction
of Incorporation or Organization	
McNeilus Companies, Inc.	Minnesota	
         McNeilus Truck and Manufacturing, Inc.	Minnesota	
                  McNeilus Financial, Inc.	Texas	
                           Viking Truck & Equipment Sales, Inc.	Michigan	
                           Viking Truck & Equipment Sales, Inc.	Ohio	
         Iowa Contract Fabricators, Inc.	Iowa	
         McIntire Fabricators, Inc.	Iowa	
         Kensett Fabricators, Inc.	Iowa	
         McNeilus Financial Services, Inc.	Minnesota	
                  Oshkosh/McNeilus Financial Services, Inc.	Minnesota	
                           Oshkosh Equipment Finance, L.L.C.	Wisconsin	
                  Viking Equipment Leasing, Inc.	Michigan	
         Medtec Ambulance Corporation	Indiana	
         JerrDan Corporation	Delaware	
         Concrete Equipment Company, Inc.	Nebraska	
                  Audubon Manufacturing Corporation	Iowa	
         London Machinery Inc.	Canada	
                  London Machinery (Mtl) Inc.	Canada	
         LMI Finance L.P.	Canada	
         AK Acquisition Corp.	Wisconsin	
                  Aluminum Body Corporation	California	
                  Prime Medical Manufacturing LLC	Delaware	
                           Frontline Holdings, Inc.	Delaware	
                  Oshkosh Specialty Vehicles, LLC	Texas	
                           Oshkosh Specialty Vehicles, Ltd.	United Kingdom	
         Iowa Mold Tooling Co., Inc.	Delaware	
         JLG Industries, Inc.	Pennsylvania	
                  Access Financial Solutions, Inc.	Maryland	
                  Fulton International, Inc.	Delaware	
                  JLG Equipment Services, Inc.	Pennsylvania	
                           JLG Latino Americana Ltda.	Brazil	
                  JLG Equipment Services Ltd.	Hong Kong	
                  JLG OmniQuip, Inc.	Delaware	
                  Premco Products Inc.	California	
                  JLG Investments, LP	Cayman Islands	
                           JLG Europe BV	Netherlands	
                                    JLG France SAS	France	
                                    JLG Industries GmbH	Germany	
                                            JLG Deutschland GmbH	Germany	
                                    JLG Industries (Italia) S.r.L	Italy	
                                    JLG Industries (Norge) AS	Norway	
                                    JLG Industries (Proprietary) Ltd.	South Africa	
                                    JLG Industries (United Kingdom) Ltd.	United Kingdom	
                                    JLG Manufacturing Europe BVBA	Belgium	
                                            JLG Manufacturing Services Europe Maatschap	Belgium	
                                    JLG Polaska Sp z.o.o	Poland	
                                    JLG Sverige AB	Sweden	
                                    Platformas Elevadoras JLG Iberica S.L	Spain	
                           Fulton Services Limited	Cayman Islands	
                  JLG Prolift Pty Limited	Australia	

Name	State or Other Jurisdiction
of Incorporation or Organization	
		
                  JLG Properties Australia Pty Limited	Australia	
                  JLG MDH, Inc.	Pennsylvania	
                  JLG-MHD Indiana, Inc.	Indiana	
                  JLG International LLC	Delaware	
                  Fulton International Foreign Sales Corporation	Barbados	
                  GI Industries, Inc.	Delaware	
                           TGC Industries, Inc.	Ohio	
                  JLG Manufacturing, LLC	Pennsylvania	
                           Fulton Properties, LP	Pennsylvania	
                  Fulton Industries, Inc.	Pennsylvania	
Summit Performance Systems, L.L.C.	Wisconsin	
         Windmill Ventures C.V.	Netherlands	
                  Oshkosh European Holdings S.L.	Spain	
                           Oshkosh Group B.V.	Netherlands	
                                    Geesink Group B.V.	Netherlands	
                                            Geesink B.V.	Netherlands	
                                            Kiggen Den Engelsman B.V.	Netherlands	
                                            Geesink Kiggen B.V.	Netherlands	
                                            Geesink Kiggen Leasing B.V.	Netherlands	
                                            Geesink Vast Goed B.V.	Netherlands	
                                            Geesink Polska Sp.z o.o	Poland	
                                    Geesink Norba Limited	United Kingdom	
                                            Sheppard Meiler Limited	United Kingdom	
                                    Norba A.B.	Sweden	
                                            Norba Limited	United Kingdom	
                                            Sertek Limited	United Kingdom	
                                            Norba A. S.	Denmark	
                                    Oshkosh Italy B.V.	Netherlands	
                                    Medias Industries SRL	Romania	
                                    AK Specialty Vehicles B.V.	Netherlands	
                                            Smit Container B.V.	Netherlands	
                                            Smit Carrosseriefabrick B.V.	Netherlands	
                                            Smit Mobile Equipment B.V.	Netherlands	
                                            Smit Hydraulick B. V.	Netherlands	
Kewaunee Fabrications, L.L.C.	Wisconsin	
Oshkosh Unipower Limited	United Kingdom	
         Oshkosh Truck (UK) Limited.	United Kingdom	
Total Mixer Technologies, L.L.C.	Wisconsin	
Pierce Manufacturing Inc.	Wisconsin	
         Pierce Manufacturing International, Inc.	Barbados	
         Pierce Western Region Refurbishment Center, Inc.	California	
Oshkosh Logistics Corporation	Wisconsin	
Oshkosh Asia Holdings Limited	Mauritius	
         Beijing Oshkosh Truck Commercial Co., Ltd.	China	
Oshkosh Correspondent, LLC	Wisconsin	
        McNeilus Companies, Inc. owns a 49% interest in Mezcladores Trailers de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
        Oshkosh/McNeilus Financial Services, Inc. owns an equity interest in Oshkosh/McNeilus Financial Services Partnership (California partnership)
        Oshkosh Italy B.V. owns 75% of the outstanding quotas (ownership interests) in Brescia Antincendi International S.r.l. (Italy)
        Brescia Antincendi International S.r.l. owns all of the stock of BAI Deutschland GmbH (Germany)
        JLG Europe B.V. is a 50% joint partner in RiRent Europe B.V. (Netherlands)
  
Exhibit 23
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED
PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements Nos. 333-114939, 333-101596, 333-84000, 333-81681 and 33-62687 on Form S-8 of Oshkosh Truck Corporation of our reports dated November 21, 2007 relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule of Oshkosh Truck Corporation and management’s report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Oshkosh Truck Corporation for the year ended September 30, 2007.
/S/DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
November 21, 2007
  
Exhibit (31.1)
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Robert G. Bohn, certify that:

1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Oshkosh Truck Corporation;	

2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	

3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	

4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	

 	(a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	

 	(b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	

 	(c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	

 	(d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and	

5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):	

 	(a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	

 	(b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	

November 21, 2007	/S/ Robert G. Bohn	
	Robert G. Bohn	
	Chairman and Chief Executive Officer	
  
Exhibit (31.2)
CERTIFICATIONS
I, David M. Sagehorn, certify that:

1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Oshkosh Truck Corporation;	

2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	

3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	

4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	

 	(a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	

 	(b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	

 	(c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	

 	(d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and	

5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):	

 	(a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	

 	(b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	

November 21, 2007	/S/ David M. Sagehorn	
	David M. Sagehorn	
	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer	
  
Exhibit (32.1)
Written Statement of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350
Solely for the purposes of complying with 18 U.S.C. § 1350, I, the undersigned Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Oshkosh Truck Corporation (the “Company”), hereby certify, to the best of my knowledge, that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended September 30, 2007 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
/S/ Robert G. Bohn
Robert G. Bohn
November 21, 2007
  
Exhibit (32.2)
Written Statement of the Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350
Solely for the purposes of complying with 18 U.S.C. § 1350, I, the undersigned Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Oshkosh Truck Corporation (the “Company”), hereby certify, to the best of my knowledge, that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended September 30, 2007 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
/S/ David M. Sagehorn
David M. Sagehorn
November 21, 2007